R12.

x Oracle Project
Foundation Fundamentals
Volume 1 - Instructor Guide
D60119GC10
Edition 1.0
March 2010
D65131

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright 2010, Oracle. All rights reserved.

This document contains proprietary information and is protected by copyright and other intellectual property laws. You may copy and
print this document solely for your own use in an Oracle training course. The document may not be modified or altered in any way.
Except where your use constitutes "fair use" under copyright law, you may not use, share, download, upload, copy, print, display,
perform, reproduce, publish, license, post, transmit, or distribute this document in whole or in part without the express authorization
of Oracle.

The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice. If you find any problems in the document, please
report them in writing to: Oracle University, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, California 94065 USA. This document is not
warranted to be error-free.

If this documentation is delivered to the United States Government or anyone using the documentation on behalf of the United
States Government, the following notice is applicable:

U.S. GOVERNMENT RIGHTS
The U.S. Governments rights to use, modify, reproduce, release, perform, display, or disclose these training materials are restricted
by the terms of the applicable Oracle license agreement and/or the applicable U.S. Government contract.

Oracle, JD Edwards, PeopleSoft, and Siebel are registered trademarks of Oracle Corporation and/or its affiliates. Other names may
be trademarks of their respective owners.
Author
Rinku Mohapatra
Technical Contributors and Reviewers
Ruth Kukla
This book was published using: Oracle Tutor


F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright 2010, Oracle. All rights reserved.
R12.x Oracle Project Foundation Fundamentals Table of Contents
i
Table of Contents
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution.............................................................1-1
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution................................................................1-3
Objectives......................................................................................................................................................1-4
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................1-5
Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution...........................................................................................1-6
Oracle Project Foundation.............................................................................................................................1-8
Oracle Project Costing...................................................................................................................................1-10
Oracle Project Billing ....................................................................................................................................1-13
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................1-15
Oracle Project Resource Management...........................................................................................................1-16
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................1-18
Oracle Project Management ..........................................................................................................................1-19
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................1-21
Oracle Project Collaboration .........................................................................................................................1-22
Oracle Project Portfolio Analysis ..................................................................................................................1-24
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................1-26
Oracle Daily Business Intelligence for Projects ............................................................................................1-27
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................1-31
Example Projects Business Flow...................................................................................................................1-32
Summary........................................................................................................................................................1-34
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications ......................................................................2-1
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications .........................................................................2-3
Objectives......................................................................................................................................................2-4
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications .........................................................................2-5
Oracle Product Lifecycle Management .........................................................................................................2-7
Oracle Assets .................................................................................................................................................2-9
Oracle Asset Tracking ...................................................................................................................................2-11
Oracle Cash Management..............................................................................................................................2-13
Oracle General Ledger...................................................................................................................................2-14
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................2-17
Oracle Grants Accounting .............................................................................................................................2-18
Oracle Human Resources ..............................................................................................................................2-20
Oracle Internet Expenses ...............................................................................................................................2-21
Oracle Internal Controls Manager .................................................................................................................2-24
Oracle Inventory............................................................................................................................................2-25
Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning........................................................................2-26
Oracle Payables (Accrual) .............................................................................................................................2-28
Oracle Payables (Cash)..................................................................................................................................2-30
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................2-31
Oracle Purchasing..........................................................................................................................................2-32
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................2-34
Oracle Project Contracts................................................................................................................................2-35
Oracle Project Manufacturing........................................................................................................................2-37
Oracle Receivables ........................................................................................................................................2-39
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................2-41
Oracle Subledger Accounting........................................................................................................................2-42
Oracle Sales ...................................................................................................................................................2-44
Oracle Shipping Execution............................................................................................................................2-46
Oracle Time & Labor ....................................................................................................................................2-48
Oracle Workflow...........................................................................................................................................2-50
Summary........................................................................................................................................................2-52
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright 2010, Oracle. All rights reserved.
R12.x Oracle Project Foundation Fundamentals Table of Contents
ii
Ledgers and Currencies ..................................................................................................................................3-1
Ledgers and Currencies .................................................................................................................................3-3
Objectives......................................................................................................................................................3-4
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................3-5
Define an Oracle Applications Ledger ..........................................................................................................3-6
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................3-8
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................3-9
Chart of Accounts and AutoAccounting........................................................................................................3-10
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................3-12
Integration with Oracle Subledger Accounting .............................................................................................3-13
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................3-15
Flexfield Qualifiers and Oracle Projects........................................................................................................3-16
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................3-18
Dynamic Inserts.............................................................................................................................................3-19
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................3-20
Defining an Accounting Calendar .................................................................................................................3-21
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................3-22
Currencies......................................................................................................................................................3-23
Reporting Currencies.....................................................................................................................................3-25
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................3-27
Subledger Accounting Method......................................................................................................................3-28
Summary........................................................................................................................................................3-30
Organizations...................................................................................................................................................4-1
Organizations.................................................................................................................................................4-3
Objectives......................................................................................................................................................4-4
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................4-5
Oracle HRMS Integration and Organizations................................................................................................4-6
Employees and Organizations .......................................................................................................................4-8
Business Groups ............................................................................................................................................4-9
Operating Units .............................................................................................................................................4-11
Legal Entity and Operating Unit....................................................................................................................4-13
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................4-14
Organization Hierarchies...............................................................................................................................4-15
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................4-16
Defining Organizations..................................................................................................................................4-17
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................4-19
Organization Classifications and Oracle Projects..........................................................................................4-20
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................4-22
Organizations and Oracle Projects.................................................................................................................4-23
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................4-25
Multiple Organization Installation.................................................................................................................4-26
Multiple Organization Access Control ..........................................................................................................4-30
Single Business Group Access ......................................................................................................................4-31
Cross Business Group Access .......................................................................................................................4-32
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................4-34
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................4-35
Assigning Organization Hierarchies..............................................................................................................4-36
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................4-38
Summary........................................................................................................................................................4-39
Periods and Calendars ....................................................................................................................................5-1
Periods and Calendars ...................................................................................................................................5-3
Objectives......................................................................................................................................................5-4
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................5-5
Overview of Periods ......................................................................................................................................5-6
Use of Periods................................................................................................................................................5-8
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................5-9
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright 2010, Oracle. All rights reserved.
R12.x Oracle Project Foundation Fundamentals Table of Contents
iii
Overview of Calendars ..................................................................................................................................5-10
Use of Calendars............................................................................................................................................5-11
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................5-13
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................5-14
Defining PA Periods......................................................................................................................................5-15
PA Period Statuses.........................................................................................................................................5-16
Setting the PA Reporting Period....................................................................................................................5-17
PA Periods in a Multi-Organization Environment.........................................................................................5-19
Control of GL Period Statuses for Project Transactions................................................................................5-20
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................5-22
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................5-23
Implementing Calendars................................................................................................................................5-24
Defining Calendars........................................................................................................................................5-26
Calendar Profile Options ...............................................................................................................................5-27
Default Calendars for Organizations .............................................................................................................5-29
Generating Calendar Schedules.....................................................................................................................5-31
Summary........................................................................................................................................................5-33
Implementation Options .................................................................................................................................6-1
Implementation Options ................................................................................................................................6-3
Objectives......................................................................................................................................................6-4
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................6-5
Overview of Implementation Options ...........................................................................................................6-6
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................6-7
System Implementation Options....................................................................................................................6-8
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................6-10
Currency Implementation Options ................................................................................................................6-11
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................6-13
Project Setup Implementation Options..........................................................................................................6-14
Staffing Implementation Options ..................................................................................................................6-16
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................6-18
Expenditures/Costing Implementation Options.............................................................................................6-19
Billing Implementation Options ....................................................................................................................6-21
Cross Charge Implementation Options..........................................................................................................6-24
Internal Billing Implementation Options.......................................................................................................6-26
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................6-28
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................6-29
Data Migration Using iSetup.........................................................................................................................6-30
Summary........................................................................................................................................................6-32
People Resources..............................................................................................................................................7-1
People Resources...........................................................................................................................................7-3
Objectives......................................................................................................................................................7-4
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................7-5
Overview of People Resources In Oracle Projects ........................................................................................7-6
People Resources...........................................................................................................................................7-8
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................7-9
Integration with Oracle Human Resources....................................................................................................7-10
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................7-11
Jobs................................................................................................................................................................7-12
Job Levels......................................................................................................................................................7-14
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................7-15
Job Groups.....................................................................................................................................................7-16
Defining Jobs.................................................................................................................................................7-17
Job Mapping..................................................................................................................................................7-19
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................7-21
Job Mapping Example...................................................................................................................................7-22
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................7-24
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright 2010, Oracle. All rights reserved.
R12.x Oracle Project Foundation Fundamentals Table of Contents
iv
Competencies ................................................................................................................................................7-25
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................7-27
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................7-28
Defining Employees ......................................................................................................................................7-29
Defining Employee HR Assignments............................................................................................................7-31
Creating Employees as Resources .................................................................................................................7-32
Contingent Workers.......................................................................................................................................7-33
External Team Members ...............................................................................................................................7-35
Future-Dated Employees ...............................................................................................................................7-36
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................7-38
Summary........................................................................................................................................................7-39
Roles..................................................................................................................................................................8-1
Roles..............................................................................................................................................................8-3
Objectives......................................................................................................................................................8-4
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................8-5
Project Roles..................................................................................................................................................8-6
Role Lists.......................................................................................................................................................8-7
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................8-8
Defining Roles...............................................................................................................................................8-9
Assigning Roles.............................................................................................................................................8-12
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................8-13
Team Members..............................................................................................................................................8-14
Team Roles....................................................................................................................................................8-16
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................8-18
Project Requirements.....................................................................................................................................8-19
Project Requirement Details ..........................................................................................................................8-21
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................8-23
Advertisement Rule For a Requirement ........................................................................................................8-24
Assigning Resources......................................................................................................................................8-26
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................8-28
Adding Assignments to Projects....................................................................................................................8-29
Administrative Assignments..........................................................................................................................8-30
Effective Dates ..............................................................................................................................................8-31
Future-Dated Employees as Team Members.................................................................................................8-32
Person Resource Schedules ...........................................................................................................................8-33
Timelines .......................................................................................................................................................8-35
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................8-37
Team Templates ............................................................................................................................................8-38
Applying Team Templates ............................................................................................................................8-39
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................8-40
Project Organization Roles............................................................................................................................8-41
Summary........................................................................................................................................................8-43
Project and Organization Security.................................................................................................................9-1
Project and Organization Security.................................................................................................................9-3
Objectives......................................................................................................................................................9-4
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................9-5
Project and Organization Security.................................................................................................................9-6
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................9-8
Function Security...........................................................................................................................................9-9
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................9-10
Menus ............................................................................................................................................................9-11
Users..............................................................................................................................................................9-13
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................9-14
Responsibilities..............................................................................................................................................9-15
Responsibility-Based Security.......................................................................................................................9-17
Oracle Projects Predefined Responsibilities ..................................................................................................9-19
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright 2010, Oracle. All rights reserved.
R12.x Oracle Project Foundation Fundamentals Table of Contents
v
Project Security Extension.............................................................................................................................9-22
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................9-23
Security Profiles ............................................................................................................................................9-24
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................9-26
Multiple Organization Access Control (MOAC)...........................................................................................9-27
Providing MOAC ..........................................................................................................................................9-28
MO: Operating Unit and MO: Security Profile .............................................................................................9-30
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................9-32
Role-Based Security ......................................................................................................................................9-33
Associating Security to a Role.......................................................................................................................9-35
Role-Based Security by Project Status ..........................................................................................................9-36
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................9-38
Predefined Project Roles ...............................................................................................................................9-39
Project Access Level .....................................................................................................................................9-40
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................9-42
Organization Authority..................................................................................................................................9-43
Summary........................................................................................................................................................9-45
Page Layouts ....................................................................................................................................................10-1
Page Layouts .................................................................................................................................................10-3
Objectives......................................................................................................................................................10-4
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................10-5
Overview of Page Layouts.............................................................................................................................10-6
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................10-7
Page Layout Types ........................................................................................................................................10-8
Sections .........................................................................................................................................................10-12
Personalized List Sections .............................................................................................................................10-14
User-Defined Attributes Sections ..................................................................................................................10-16
Gantt Sections................................................................................................................................................10-18
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................10-20
Project Shortcut Links ...................................................................................................................................10-21
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................10-23
Predefined Page Layouts ...............................................................................................................................10-24
Configuring a Page Layout............................................................................................................................10-30
Using the OA Personalization Framework ....................................................................................................10-31
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................10-33
Summary........................................................................................................................................................10-34
Project and Task Fundamentals.....................................................................................................................11-1
Project and Task Fundamentals .....................................................................................................................11-3
Objectives......................................................................................................................................................11-4
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................11-5
Project Classifications ...................................................................................................................................11-6
Defining Probability Lists .............................................................................................................................11-8
Project Lifecycles ..........................................................................................................................................11-9
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................11-11
Defining Phases .............................................................................................................................................11-12
Defining Lifecycles .......................................................................................................................................11-13
Project Statuses..............................................................................................................................................11-14
Defining Status Controls ...............................................................................................................................11-16
Defining the Next Allowable Status ..............................................................................................................11-18
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................11-19
Defining Project Status Workflow.................................................................................................................11-20
Cycles ............................................................................................................................................................11-22
Defining Project Customer Relationships......................................................................................................11-24
Defining Customer Contact Types ................................................................................................................11-26
Resource Lists ...............................................................................................................................................11-27
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................11-29
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright 2010, Oracle. All rights reserved.
R12.x Oracle Project Foundation Fundamentals Table of Contents
vi
Labor Resources and Resource Lists.............................................................................................................11-30
Rate Schedules...............................................................................................................................................11-32
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................11-34
Work Types ...................................................................................................................................................11-35
Task Statuses .................................................................................................................................................11-38
Defining Work Items .....................................................................................................................................11-40
Defining Service Types .................................................................................................................................11-41
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................11-43
Defining Task Types .....................................................................................................................................11-44
Defining Task Priorities.................................................................................................................................11-47
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................11-48
Project Classes and Project Types .................................................................................................................11-49
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................11-51
Defining Project Types..................................................................................................................................11-52
Project Type Header ......................................................................................................................................11-53
Details Tab.....................................................................................................................................................11-54
Costing Information Tab ...............................................................................................................................11-56
Budget Option Tab ........................................................................................................................................11-58
Classifications Tab ........................................................................................................................................11-60
Budgetary Control Tab ..................................................................................................................................11-61
Project Status, Workflow Tab........................................................................................................................11-64
Capitalization Information Tab......................................................................................................................11-66
Billing Information Tab.................................................................................................................................11-68
Billing Assignments Tab ...............................................................................................................................11-70
Distribution Rules Tab...................................................................................................................................11-72
Client Extensions and Workflows for Project Processing .............................................................................11-73
Profile Options...............................................................................................................................................11-75
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................11-77
Overview of Project Templates .....................................................................................................................11-78
Project Classes and Project Templates ..........................................................................................................11-80
Defining Project Templates ...........................................................................................................................11-81
Project Template Numbering and Naming ....................................................................................................11-82
Specifying Project and Task Options for a Template ....................................................................................11-83
Quick Entry ...................................................................................................................................................11-84
Start and Completion Dates...........................................................................................................................11-86
Task Organization Considerations.................................................................................................................11-90
Team Members in Project Templates ............................................................................................................11-92
Project Classifications in Project Templates..................................................................................................11-94
Project Customers in Project Templates........................................................................................................11-96
Updating a Project Template .........................................................................................................................11-97
Disabling a Project Template.........................................................................................................................11-98
Defining Projects ...........................................................................................................................................11-99
Updating a Project .........................................................................................................................................11-101
Deleting a Project ..........................................................................................................................................11-102
Summary........................................................................................................................................................11-104
Resource Planning and Reporting..................................................................................................................12-1
Resource Planning and Reporting .................................................................................................................12-3
Objectives......................................................................................................................................................12-4
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................12-5
Overview of Planning Resources...................................................................................................................12-6
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................12-7
Steps to creating a planning resource ............................................................................................................12-8
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................12-9
Resource Classes ...........................................................................................................................................12-10
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................12-12
Resource Class Attributes..............................................................................................................................12-13
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright 2010, Oracle. All rights reserved.
R12.x Oracle Project Foundation Fundamentals Table of Contents
vii
Resource Class Rate Schedules .....................................................................................................................12-15
Using Rates for Workplan and Financial Planning........................................................................................12-17
Actual and Planning Rates.............................................................................................................................12-18
Planning Resource Lists ................................................................................................................................12-20
Planning Resource Formats ...........................................................................................................................12-22
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................12-24
Resource Types .............................................................................................................................................12-25
Other Resource Types ...................................................................................................................................12-27
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................12-29
Resource Breakdown Structure .....................................................................................................................12-30
Types of Resource Breakdown Structures.....................................................................................................12-32
Any Used Resource .......................................................................................................................................12-33
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................12-34
Viewing Amounts with Planning Resource Lists ..........................................................................................12-35
Precedence Rules...........................................................................................................................................12-37
Assigning Planning Resource Lists ...............................................................................................................12-39
Viewing Amounts With A Resource Breakdown Structure ..........................................................................12-41
Example: Using Precedence Rules ................................................................................................................12-43
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................12-44
Associating a Resource Breakdown Structure with a Project........................................................................12-45
Resource Breakdown Structure Versions ......................................................................................................12-47
Summary........................................................................................................................................................12-48
Overview of Project Structures ......................................................................................................................13-1
Overview of Project Structures......................................................................................................................13-3
Objectives......................................................................................................................................................13-4
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................13-5
Overview of Project Structures......................................................................................................................13-6
Types of Project Structures............................................................................................................................13-8
Task Attributes ..............................................................................................................................................13-10
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................13-12
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................13-13
Integration of Workplan and Financial Structures.........................................................................................13-14
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................13-16
Fully Shared Structures .................................................................................................................................13-17
Partially Shared Structures ............................................................................................................................13-18
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................13-20
Unshared Structures with Task-Based Mapping............................................................................................13-21
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................13-23
Unshared Structures Without Mapping .........................................................................................................13-24
Summary........................................................................................................................................................13-25
Financial Structures ........................................................................................................................................14-1
Financial Structures .......................................................................................................................................14-3
Objectives......................................................................................................................................................14-4
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................14-5
Overview of Financial Structures ..................................................................................................................14-6
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................14-7
Enabling Financial Structures........................................................................................................................14-8
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................14-10
Financial Structure Task Attributes ...............................................................................................................14-11
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................14-12
Creating Tasks for a Financial Structure .......................................................................................................14-13
Financial Planning Options............................................................................................................................14-15
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................14-17
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................14-18
Copying Financial Tasks ...............................................................................................................................14-19
Moving Financial Tasks ................................................................................................................................14-21
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright 2010, Oracle. All rights reserved.
R12.x Oracle Project Foundation Fundamentals Table of Contents
viii
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................14-22
Changing the Parent Level of Tasks..............................................................................................................14-23
Updating and Deleting Tasks.........................................................................................................................14-24
Summary........................................................................................................................................................14-25
Organization Forecasting................................................................................................................................15-1
Organization Forecasting...............................................................................................................................15-3
Objectives......................................................................................................................................................15-4
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................15-5
Understanding Organization Forecasting ......................................................................................................15-6
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................15-8
Major Features of Organization Forecasting .................................................................................................15-9
Defining Prerequisite Forecast Information...................................................................................................15-11
Submitting Calculation Processes..................................................................................................................15-13
Generating Forecast Amounts .......................................................................................................................15-15
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................15-16
Generating a Forecast Version.......................................................................................................................15-17
Maintaining Forecast Versions ......................................................................................................................15-18
Working with Forecast Versions ...................................................................................................................15-20
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................15-22
Organization Forecasting Restrictions...........................................................................................................15-23
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................15-24
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................15-25
Define an Additional Status for Organization Forecasting............................................................................15-26
Update Existing Project Status Controls........................................................................................................15-27
Define an Organization Project Type and Project Template .........................................................................15-28
Define Organization Forecasting Options .....................................................................................................15-30
Define Adjustment Reasons ..........................................................................................................................15-32
Calculate Initial Forecast Amounts................................................................................................................15-33
Update Forecast Amounts..............................................................................................................................15-35
Summary........................................................................................................................................................15-37
Utilization.........................................................................................................................................................16-1
Utilization......................................................................................................................................................16-3
Objectives......................................................................................................................................................16-4
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................16-5
Overview of Utilization.................................................................................................................................16-6
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................16-7
Work Types ...................................................................................................................................................16-8
Utilization Categories ....................................................................................................................................16-9
Utilization Views...........................................................................................................................................16-10
Work Types, Weighting Percentages, and Utilization Categories.................................................................16-11
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................16-13
Utilization Calculation...................................................................................................................................16-14
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................16-16
Utilization Calculation...................................................................................................................................16-17
Defining Unassigned Time Options ..............................................................................................................16-18
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................16-19
Utilization Reporting.....................................................................................................................................16-20
Resource Personal Utilization........................................................................................................................16-21
Oracle Discoverer Utilization Workbooks.....................................................................................................16-22
Resource Utilization and Availability Reports by Organization....................................................................16-24
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................16-26
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................16-27
Utilization Profile Options.............................................................................................................................16-28
Reporting Setup.............................................................................................................................................16-32
Summary........................................................................................................................................................16-34
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright 2010, Oracle. All rights reserved.
R12.x Oracle Project Foundation Fundamentals Table of Contents
ix
Appendix A: Integration with Oracle Sales...................................................................................................17-1
Appendix A: Integration with Oracle Sales...................................................................................................17-3
Objectives......................................................................................................................................................17-4
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................17-5
Integration with Oracle Sales.........................................................................................................................17-6
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................17-8
Integration with Oracle Sales.........................................................................................................................17-9
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................17-13
Create a Project Request................................................................................................................................17-14
Manage Project Requests...............................................................................................................................17-16
Update Project Information ...........................................................................................................................17-18
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................17-20
Oracle Sales Integration Implementation Steps.............................................................................................17-21
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................17-22
Mapping Probability Values..........................................................................................................................17-23
Mapping Organization Roles.........................................................................................................................17-25
Mapping Person Roles...................................................................................................................................17-27
Define the Product Hierarchy........................................................................................................................17-28
Defining Project Templates ...........................................................................................................................17-30
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................17-32
Summary........................................................................................................................................................17-33
Appendix B: Integration with Oracle Product Lifecycle Management ......................................................18-1
Appendix B: Integration with Oracle Product Lifecycle Management .........................................................18-3
Objectives......................................................................................................................................................18-4
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................18-5
Oracle Product Lifecycle Management Integration.......................................................................................18-6
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................18-8
Lifecycles ......................................................................................................................................................18-9
Lifecycle Tracking Projects...........................................................................................................................18-10
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................18-11
Item Lifecycle Project Execution ..................................................................................................................18-12
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................18-14
Item Lifecycle Project Execution ..................................................................................................................18-15
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................18-17
Oracle Product Lifecycle Management Integration Implementation Steps ...................................................18-18
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................18-20
Summary........................................................................................................................................................18-21
Appendix C: Integration with Oracle Internal Controls Manager.............................................................19-1
Appendix C: Integration with Oracle Internal Controls Manager .................................................................19-3
Objectives......................................................................................................................................................19-4
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................19-5
Integration with Oracle Internal Controls Manager.......................................................................................19-6
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................19-8
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................19-9
Implementation Steps For an Audit Project...................................................................................................19-10
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................19-11
Setting Up An Audit Project..........................................................................................................................19-12
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................19-14
Summary........................................................................................................................................................19-16
Appendix D: User-Defined Attributes ...........................................................................................................20-1
Appendix D: User-Defined Attributes...........................................................................................................20-3
Objectives......................................................................................................................................................20-4
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................20-5
Overview of User-Defined Attributes............................................................................................................20-6
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................20-8
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright 2010, Oracle. All rights reserved.
R12.x Oracle Project Foundation Fundamentals Table of Contents
x
Searching by User-Defined Attributes...........................................................................................................20-9
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................20-11
Setting Up User-Defined Attributes ..............................................................................................................20-12
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................20-13
Defining Value Sets.......................................................................................................................................20-14
Defining Functions ........................................................................................................................................20-16
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................20-18
Defining Attribute Groups.............................................................................................................................20-19
Defining Attribute Context ............................................................................................................................20-22
Enabling User-Defined Attributes in Project Templates ...............................................................................20-24
Quiz ...............................................................................................................................................................20-25
Overview of Configurable Page Layouts.......................................................................................................20-26
Summary........................................................................................................................................................20-27
Summary of R12.x Oracle Project Foundation Fundamentals ...................................................................21-1
Summary of R12.x Oracle Project Foundation Fundamentals.......................................................................21-3
Objectives......................................................................................................................................................21-4
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................21-5
Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution...........................................................................................21-6
Oracle Project Foundation.............................................................................................................................21-8
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications .........................................................................21-9
Ledgers and Currencies .................................................................................................................................21-11
Organization Definition.................................................................................................................................21-13
Period Definition ...........................................................................................................................................21-14
Calendar Definition .......................................................................................................................................21-15
Implementation Options ................................................................................................................................21-16
People Resources in Oracle Projects .............................................................................................................21-17
Resources for Planning and Reporting ..........................................................................................................21-19
Role Definition ..............................................................................................................................................21-21
Project Team Definition ................................................................................................................................21-22
Project and Organization Security.................................................................................................................21-24
Page Layouts .................................................................................................................................................21-26
Project and Task Definition...........................................................................................................................21-27
User-Defined Attributes ................................................................................................................................21-29
Organization Forecasting...............................................................................................................................21-31
Utilization......................................................................................................................................................21-32
Integration with Oracle Sales.........................................................................................................................21-33
Oracle Product Lifecycle Management Integration.......................................................................................21-34
Integration with Oracle Internal Controls Manager.......................................................................................21-35
Agenda...........................................................................................................................................................21-37
Oracle Projects Fundamentals Learning Path................................................................................................21-38
Summary........................................................................................................................................................21-39


F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.

Copyright 2010, Oracle. All rights reserved.
R12.x Oracle Project Foundation Fundamentals Table of Contents
xi
Preface
Profile
Before You Begin This Course
Working experience with project management
Prerequisites
R12.1 eBusiness Essentials for Implementers
R12.x Project Foundation Fundamentals
How This Course Is Organized
This is an instructor-led course featuring lecture and hands-on exercises. Online demonstrations
and written practice sessions reinforce the concepts and skills introduced.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.

Copyright 2010, Oracle. All rights reserved.
R12.x Oracle Project Foundation Fundamentals Table of Contents
xii
Related Publications
Oracle Publications
Title Part Number
Oracle Projects Implementation Guide E13582-03
Oracle Projects Fundamentals E13581-03
Additional Publications
System release bulletins
Installation and users guides
Read-me files
International Oracle Users Group (IOUG) articles
Oracle Magazine

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.

Copyright 2010, Oracle. All rights reserved.
R12.x Oracle Project Foundation Fundamentals Table of Contents
xiii
Typographic Conventions
Typographic Conventions in Text

Convention Element Example
Bold italic Glossary term (if
there is a glossary)
The algorithminserts the new key.
Caps and
lowercase
Buttons,
check boxes,
triggers,
windows
Click the Executable button.
Select the Cant Delete Card check box.
Assign a When-Validate-Item trigger to the ORD block.
Open the Master Schedule window.
Courier new,
case sensitive
(default is
lowercase)
Code output,
directory names,
filenames,
passwords,
pathnames,
URLs,
user input,
usernames
Code output: debug.set (I, 300);
Directory: bin (DOS), $FMHOME (UNIX)
Filename: Locate the init.ora file.
Password: User tiger as your password.
Pathname: Open c:\my_docs\projects
URL: Go to http://www.oracle.com
User input: Enter 300
Username: Log on as scott
Initial cap Graphics labels
(unless the term is a
proper noun)
Customer address (but Oracle Payables)
Italic Emphasized words
and phrases,
titles of books and
courses,
variables
Do not save changes to the database.
For further information, see Oracle7 Server SQL Language
Reference Manual.
Enter user_id@us.oracle.com, where user_id is the
name of the user.
Quotation
marks
Interface elements
with long names
that have only
initial caps;
lesson and chapter
titles in cross-
references
Select Include a reusable module component and click Finish.

This subject is covered in Unit II, Lesson 3, Working with
Objects.
Uppercase SQL column
names, commands,
functions, schemas,
table names
Use the SELECT command to view information stored in the
LAST_NAME
column of the EMP table.
Arrow Menu paths Select File > Save.
Brackets Key names Press [Enter].
Commas Key sequences Press and release keys one at a time:
[Alternate], [F], [D]
Plus signs Key combinations Press and hold these keys simultaneously: [Ctrl]+[Alt]+[Del]


F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.

Copyright 2010, Oracle. All rights reserved.
R12.x Oracle Project Foundation Fundamentals Table of Contents
xiv
Typographic Conventions in Code

Convention Element Example
Caps and
lowercase
Oracle Forms
triggers
When-Validate-Item

Lowercase Column names,
table names
SELECT last_name
FROM s_emp;

Passwords DROP USER scott
IDENTIFIED BY tiger;
PL/SQL objects OG_ACTIVATE_LAYER
(OG_GET_LAYER (prod_pie_layer))


Lowercase
italic
Syntax variables CREATE ROLE role
Uppercase SQL commands and
functions
SELECT userid
FROM emp;
Typographic Conventions in Oracle Application Navigation Paths
This course uses simplified navigation paths, such as the following example, to direct you
through Oracle Applications.
(N) Invoice > Entry > Invoice Batches Summary (M) Query > Find (B) Approve
This simplified path translates to the following:
1. (N) From the Navigator window, select Invoice then Entry then Invoice Batches
Summary.
2. (M) From the menu, select Query then Find.
3. (B) Click the Approve button.
Notations:
(N) = Navigator
(M) = Menu
(T) = Tab
(B) = Button
(I) = Icon
(H) = Hyperlink
(ST) = Sub Tab
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.

Copyright 2010, Oracle. All rights reserved.
R12.x Oracle Project Foundation Fundamentals Table of Contents
xv
Typographical Conventions in Oracle Application Help System Paths
This course uses a navigation path convention to represent actions you perform to find
pertinent information in the Oracle Applications Help System.
The following help navigation path, for example
(Help) General Ledger > Journals > Enter Journals
represents the following sequence of actions:
1. In the navigation frame of the help system window, expand the General Ledger entry.
2. Under the General Ledger entry, expand Journals.
3. Under Journals, select Enter Journals.
4. Review the Enter Journals topic that appears in the document frame of the help system
window.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.

Copyright 2010, Oracle. All rights reserved.
R12.x Oracle Project Foundation Fundamentals Table of Contents
xvi

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 1
Overview of the Oracle
Enterprise Project
Management Solution
Chapter 1
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 2

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 3
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 4
Objectives

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 5
Agenda

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 6
Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution

Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
This slide describes and depicts the entire Oracle Enterprise Project Management solution. The
graphic on the slide depicts the spread of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management solution
from project initiatives, through portfolio management that provides enterprise and project
insight, to enterprise integration. Project initiatives can range from sales delivery, research,
construction, Information Technology, product development, and marketing. Portfolio
management covers the entire project repository from project and resource management and
collaboration to operations and accounting. Finally, enterprise integration covers the whole
spectrum from Human Resources, financials, supply chain, sales, asset management, and
documentation.
Oracle Enterprise Project Management provides a set of applications that help companies
deliver global projects by integrating and managing project information. It enables all persons
at all levels of the enterprise to participate and collaborate on the projects at appropriate levels
in a centralized environment. Information is available to the project team through personalized
and secure role-based views.
The Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution consists of eight products:
Oracle Project Foundation (PJF)
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 7
Oracle Project Costing (PJC)
Oracle Project Billing (PJB)
Oracle Project Resource Management (PJR)
Oracle Project Management (PJT)
Oracle Project Collaboration (PJL)
Oracle Project Portfolio Analysis (PJP)
Oracle Daily Business Intelligence for Projects (PJI)
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 8
Oracle Project Foundation

Oracle Project Foundation
This slide defines and describes Oracle Project Foundation. The graphic on the slide depicts
how Oracle Project Foundation provides the common foundation (functionality) of periods,
calendars, organization, projects, resources, security, forecasting, utilization, and multilingual
support that is shared across the products in the Oracle Enterprise Project Management
Solution. The purpose of Oracle Project Foundation is to package all the common elements of
Oracle Projects into a single place.
Period Definition
Periods are used to define project accounting periods (PA periods). PA periods are used in
transaction processing.
Calendar Definition
Calendars are used to determine resource availability and over commitment.
Organization Definition
To configure Oracle Projects to meet your business requirements, you must make critical
implementation decisions regarding how you set up your organizations in Oracle Projects.
Oracle Projects uses organizations for the following business purposes:
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 9
Management of projects and tasks
Employee assignments
Expenditure entry
Nonlabor resource ownership
Budget management
Resource definition for project status reporting
Burden cost processing
Invoice and collections processing
Reporting
Forecasting
Resource Definition
A single collection of your resources, their skill sets, and their availability enables you to
utilize and manage your resources both effectively and efficiently. Each individual has various
attributes defined, such as personal information, work patterns, location, and competencies.
Project and Organization Security
Oracle Project Foundation enables you to set up responsibilitybased enterprise security that
provides all users function security access at the application level. You can also implement an
extended project security mechanism based on project and organization roles.
Project and Task Definition
Oracle Project Foundation provides the ability to create projects and tasks. A project is a
primary unit of work that can be broken down into one or more tasks.
Organization Forecasting
Organization forecasting enables you to generate organizationlevel financial forecasts for the
revenue, cost, margin, margin percent, utilization, and headcount amounts associated with your
projectlevel staffing plans.
Utilization
Utilization functionality enables you to generate and report on your resources actual and
scheduled utilization. Using Oracle Project Costing, you can report on your resources actual
resource utilization based on actual hours from timecards. Using Oracle Project Resource
Management, you can report on scheduled utilization based on project resource assignments.
Multilingual Support (MAL)
Oracle Applications supports Multilingual Support, enabling you to run Oracle Applications in
multiple languages from a single installation of the Applications in one database instance.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 10
Oracle Project Costing

Oracle Project Costing
This slide describes Oracle Project Costing. The graphic on the slide depicts how Oracle
Project Costing performs cost collection and accounting from collecting costs, managing and
adjusting them, and tracking actual and committed costs. The graphic also displays the features
of Oracle Project Costing such as Cross Charge, Burdening, Allocations, and Asset
Capitalization.
Oracle Project Costing provides an integrated cost management solution for all projects and
activities within an enterprise. Oracle Project Costing acts as a central repository for
transactions, processes project costs, and creates corresponding accounting entries to satisfy
corporate finance requirements. When you use Oracle Project Costing, you can track and
account for all project costs. You can also control payment on supplier invoices using the
Supplier workbench. Costs may be entered directly into Oracle Project Costing using
expenditure batches, imported from other Oracle Applications, or imported from external
systems. You collect cost distribution lines in Oracle Project Costing which uses
AutoAccounting to determine the default accounts for raw and burden costs. Oracle Project
Costing also creates cost accounting events for Oracle Subledger Accounting, and transfers the
accounting entries to Oracle General Ledger.
Cross Charge
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 11
A cross charge takes place when an expenditure items expenditure organization is different
from the task owning organization of the task being charged. These organizations are called the
provider and receiver organizations. The organizations can be within the same operating unit or
belong to different operating units. You may perform additional cross charge processing to
pass costs or share revenues between the provider and receiver organizations. This processing
includes creating borrowed and lent accounting entries or generating intercompany invoices.
Burdening
Burden costs are costs of doing business that support raw costs. For example, you can define a
burden cost code of G&A to burden specific raw costs with general and administrative
overhead costs. You can create subledger accounting for burden cost and post the accounting to
Oracle General Ledger.
Project Allocations
The allocations feature in Oracle Project Costing can distribute amounts between and within
projects and tasks, or to projects in other organizational units. For example, you can allocate
amounts such as salaries or administrative overhead across several projects and tasks.
Your allocations can be as simple or elaborate as you like. You identify the amounts you want
to allocate (source) and then define the targets, the projects and tasks to which you want to
allocate the source amounts. Optionally, you can offset the allocations with reversing
transactions. The system gathers source amounts into a source pool, and then allocates to the
targets using the basis method that you specify in the allocation rule. You could use a basis
method of Spread Evenly to divide the source pool amount equally among all the chargeable
target tasks included in the rule. Alternatively, you could select Prorate as the basis method to
use the attributes set in the Basis window.
When you allocate amounts, you create expenditure items whose amounts are derived from one
or more of the following sources:
Existing summarized expenditure items in Oracle Project Costing
A fixed amount
Amounts in an Oracle General Ledger account balance
Asset Capitalization
Using asset capitalization functionality, you can define capital assets and capture construction
inprocess (CIP) and expense costs for assets you are creating. When you are ready to place
assets in service, you can generate asset lines from the CIP costs and send the lines to Oracle
Assets for posting as fixed assets. You use capital projects to capture the costs of capital assets
you are building, installing, or acquiring.
You can also define retirement adjustment assets and capture cost of removal and proceeds of
sale amounts (collectively referred to as retirement costs, retirement workinprocess, or
RWIP) for assets you are retiring that are part of a group asset in Oracle Assets. When your
retirement activities are complete, you can generate asset lines for the RWIP amounts and send
the lines to Oracle Assets for posting as adjustments to the accumulated depreciation accounts
for the group asset that corresponds to each asset.
You can also calculate and record capitalized interest for capital projects. Capitalized interest
(also referred to as Allowance for Funds Used During Construction) is an estimate of the
interest cost that enterprises incur when they invest in longterm capital projects. Subject to
accounting rules and regulatory guidelines, enterprises can capitalize interest as part of the total
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 12
cost of acquiring and constructing assets that require an extended amount of time to prepare for
their intended use.
Supplier Payment Control
The Supplier Payment Control feature in Oracle Project Costing enables you to integrate with
Oracle Purchasing and Oracle Payables to create supplier invoices with automatic payment
hold for purchase orders with Pay When Paid payment terms and a deliverables schedule. On
interface of these supplier invoices from Oracle Payables to Oracle Projects as expenditure
items, the supplier invoices are linked to draft customer invoices generated on these
expenditure items. If you enable projects for automatic release of pay when paid holds and for
AR Receipt Notification, the Release Pay When Paid concurrent program checks for receipts
applied to linked customer invoices in Oracle Receivables and releases the hold on the
corresponding supplier invoice. You can manually link and unlink supplier and customer
invoices and release holds from the Supplier Workbench. For more information, see the Oracle
Project Costing User Guide.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 13
Oracle Project Billing

Oracle Project Billing
This slide describes Oracle Project Billing. The graphic on the slide depicts the billing process
of using various billing methods to accrue revenue and manage funding, manage backlog and
margin, generate invoices, receive payments, and track bills
Oracle Project Billing enables enterprises to simplify customer invoicing, streamline corporate
cash flow, and measure the profitability of contract projects. With Oracle Project Billing, you
can generate revenue and revenue accounting events, and create accounting in Oracle
Subledger Accounting. You can also generate customer invoices for project work. Customer
invoices are interfaced to Oracle Receivables. With Oracle Project Billing, project managers
can review project invoices online and analyze project profitability, and accounting managers
can see the corporate impact of project work.
Agreements
An agreement provides the funding for projects and tasks. Each agreement can fund the work
in one or more projects. When you record an agreement, you specify payment terms for
invoices against the agreement and whether there are limits to the amount of revenue you can
accrue and then you can bill against the agreement.
Revenue Accrual
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 14
When you define a contract project, you specify the method to be used for revenue accrual. For
example, for a time and materials based project, you could select the "Work" distribution rule
for revenue accrual. This enables you to generate revenue based on the project's actual billable
expenditures.
When you generate revenue, Oracle Projects calculates the potential revenue and then creates
accounting events for Oracle Subledger Accounting. You can generate revenue for a range of
projects or for a single project. After you generate revenue accounting events you create
accounting entries in Oracle Subledger Accounting for the accounting events, and you can
transfer the final accounting to Oracle General Ledger.
Customer Invoices
When you define a contract project, you also identify the method to be used for invoicing. For
example, you can use a distribution rule of "Event" and then enter milestone events to invoice
your project customer(s) as milestones are achieved. When you generate invoices, Oracle
Projects calculates bill amounts, creates formatted invoices for printing and posting, and
maintains funding balances.
Billing Retention
Retention is a provision in a contract to hold back a portion of invoiced amounts for the
duration of the project. Oracle Projects enables you to set up withholding and billing terms for
retention, to invoice retention amounts, and to account for unbilled retention.
Billing Extensions
Billing extensions allow you to implement and automate companyspecific billing methods.
With billing extensions, you can automatically calculate summary revenue and invoice
amounts during revenue and invoice generation based on unique billing methods. These billing
amounts are accounted for using events. To implement your companyspecific billing
methods, you design and write rules to calculate billing amounts using PL/SQL procedures.
You then enter the billing extension definition in Oracle Projects to specify additional
information, such as the procedure name to call.
Multi-Currency Billing
With multicurrency billing, you can enter agreements, bill rates, and events in any currency
regardless of the project functional currency. You can also designate the project functional
currency, project currency, or funding currency as the invoice processing currency for a
project.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 15
Quiz

Answers: 1

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 16
Oracle Project Resource Management

Oracle Project Resource Management
This slide describes Oracle Project Resource Management. The graphic on the slide depicts the
process of matching a projects resource requirement with the skills and availability of
resources, and the booking and approving of these matches.
Oracle Project Resource Management is an integrated project staffing application to help you
manage project resource needs, and profitability. Oracle Project Resource Management
empowers key project stakeholders such as project managers, resource managers, and staffing
managers with the information they need to make better use of their single most critical asset:
their people.
Features of Oracle Project Resource Management include:
Resource Pool Definition
The resource pool is the collection of all your valid resources into a single group. The
implementation of resources and resource-related information is part of the setup of Oracle
Project Foundation.
Resource Searches
Resource searches are primarily done to fill a resource requirement on a project. When
searching your resource pool for potential matches to requirements, you specify criteria to limit
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 17
the search. You can also search for a resource that meets specific criteria outside the context of
a project requirement. This search includes all the attributes used for a requirementbased
resource search.
Schedule Maintenance
After a resource has been assigned to a project, you can view the stage at which the assignment
exists. You can approve an assignment using the Oracle Workflow or manually. Approvers can
approve or reject an assignment. Rejected assignments can be updated and resubmitted for
approval. You can also determine if your resources are overcommitted and handle them
accordingly.
Nominations and Approval Processing
You can nominate candidates for a requirement to track a list of potential people to assign to
fill the requirement. As the candidates are nominated, an Oracle Workflow process notifies the
resource manager, the staffing manager, and the nominated resource. This list of notification
recipients may vary depending upon the implementation of the workflow processes.
Candidates are assigned a score based on the weightings defined for the requirement. This
score helps identify the level of match between the requirement and candidate.
Reporting
Oracle Project Resource Management transactional reporting is supported by a web based
Oracle Discoverer solution. The predefined workbooks, worksheets and End User Layer (EUL)
provide you and your users the ability to query and manipulate transactional data to proactively
measure and analyze corporate performance.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 18
Quiz

Answers: 1, 3, and 4
Additional Information
Candidate scores help indicate the level of the match between the skills and experience of
the candidate or resource and those required for the job or task.

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 19
Oracle Project Management

Oracle Project Management
This slide describes Oracle Project Management. The graphic on the slide depicts how you
plan work on a project, execute it, and control progress, changes, and performance.
Oracle Project Management provides project managers the visibility and control they need to
deliver their projects successfully, improve profitability, and operate more efficiently. It
presents project managers with a comprehensive integration of the major elements of project
management: programs, plans, progress, issues, changes, documents, effort and cost, financial
information, performance, exceptions, and status reports.
Workplan and Progress Management
You can set up two types of structures in Oracle Projects: workplan structures and financial
structures. A structure is sometimes referred to as a work breakdown structure, or WBS. A
workplan contains a hierarchical organization of tasks within a project. Each workplan contains
an unlimited number of tasks and you can define as many levels as you want. Workplan
management helps project managers and team members deliver projects on time. Financial
structures help project and financial administrations track financial information for a project.
You can collect progress for deliverables, task resource assignments, tasks, and projects. This
information allows you to report on whether workplan execution is on track.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 20
Integration with Microsoft Project
You can continue to use Microsoft Project when working with your projects, while benefiting
from the features that Oracle Projects has to offer. You can send and receive a project, send an
update, view real-time project information, and receive real-time values for task attributes. You
can use Microsoft Project to update the project schedule, progress, and budget information.
After all project details have been entered, you can then send the project plan to a workplan or
financial structure.
Budgeting and Forecasting
You can create budgets and forecasts to manage the financial performance of a project
throughout the project lifecycle. You can also create multiple budgets and forecasts for a
project to demonstrate different scenarios. You can compare budget and forecast amounts to
project actuals using reporting tools such as Project Performance Reporting and Project Status
Inquiry to track project status and performance.
Project Status Reporting
You can report relevant project status information for targeted audiences, controlling the
content, publishing, frequency, and format. For example, you can provide a monthly internal
management report for your project steering committee, and a weekly team project status
report for your project.
Issue and Change Management
Oracle Projects provides you with a centralized system to manage issues and change requests.
This functionality enables team members to work together collaboratively to resolve issues and
communicate and implement changes to the project. Using issue management, you can track
issues and change requests from creation through to completion, and deal with concerns or
outstanding questions on projects.
Document Management
Oracle Projects enables you to attach and store documents with projects on which you are a
team member. You can utilize folders and versions and ensure security for all documents.
Project Performance Reporting
Oracle Projects provides you with an at-a-glance comparison of actual versus planned
performance as defined in project budgets and forecasts. You can view performance in the
areas of effort, cost, profitability, earned value, billing, and collections, or capital costs. With
Project Performance Exceptions Reporting, project managers can view a summary of problems
and issues on a project through visual indicators that denote exceptions, and focus on solving
the critical problems.
Earned Value Management
Earned Value Management provides a method of managing projects by understanding the
mathematical relationships between project scope, work, and budget to determine project
health. The metrics used in calculating earned value enable you to gain knowledge of the true
health of a project. You can also use the various earned value metrics to monitor trends in a
project.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 21
Quiz

Answers: 4
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 22
Oracle Project Collaboration

Oracle Project Collaboration
This slide describes Oracle Project Collaboration. The graphic on the slide depicts how
members working on a project and project stakeholders can collaborate to co-ordinate, share,
and discuss work and work issues.
Oracle Project Collaboration streamlines team collaboration and execution of project work.
Oracle Project Collaboration shares information with Oracle Project Management, and
provides a personalized view for team members. Most functionality in Oracle Project
Management is also used in Oracle Project Collaboration. This functionality includes issues,
change documents, and project status reporting. Team members, as opposed to project
mangers, interact with these functions via Oracle Project Collaboration.
Task Progress Communication
Internal team members can communicate progress against assigned tasks by directly accessing
the published workplan. They can report accurate information by capturing the soft and hard
elements of task progress. Progress information includes a color-coded graphical progress
indicator (red, yellow, green icon), textual information, percent complete, effort, work units,
and actual and estimated task dates.
Collaborative Issue Resolution
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 23
A central issue repository creates awareness across the project team by enabling
communication of context-sensitive information including issue status, priority, due date,
reporting source and classification, document attachments, actions required for resolution,
progress status and resolution. Team members can assign actions to fellow team members so
that the ownership and steps to resolution are communicated clearly and consistently.
Collaborative Change Request and Change Order Resolution
For all projects on which they are assigned, team members have visibility into open change
requests and change orders and the actions for which they are responsible. Team members can
implement and report progress information on existing documents, raise new change
documents, and assign actions to their team members, driving toward rapid resolution.
Collaborative Document Sharing
Team members can access project documents easily and securely. They can attach documents
to projects, issues, and change requests, and change orders.
Quick Access to Common Functions
The shortcuts available from Team Member Home provide easy access to frequently
performed functions. Available shortcuts include:
Time Entry (via Oracle Time and Labor)
Expense Entry (via Oracle Internet Expenses)
Task Progress Update
Schedule and Profile View (via Oracle Project Resource Management)
Utilization View
Open Requirement Search (via Oracle Project Resource Management)
Add Administrative Assignments (via Oracle Project Resource Management)
Desktop Integration
Team members can continue to use their daily desktop tools to access their up-to-the-minute
project information. Workflow notifications are sent via e-mail, allowing team members to
collaborate without logging into Oracle Projects. Issue and change lists can be downloaded to
the desktop for use within Microsoft Excel.
Oracle Projects delivers seamless integration between the Oracle Projects applications and
Microsoft Project through an easy to use web interface. The intuitive graphical user interface is
an extension of existing Microsoft Project menus and windows, and each function and process
preserves the enterprise business rules and function security defined in Oracle Projects.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 24
Oracle Project Portfolio Analysis

Oracle Project Portfolio Analysis
This slide describes Oracle Project Portfolio Analysis. The graphic on the slide depicts how the
project manager, portfolio analyst, and the portfolio approver contribute to the process of
creating and analyzing a portfolio to help decide whether or not to take up a project.
Oracle Project Portfolio Analysis provides a solution to make project funding decisions based
on your business and financial objectives. You can group the projects within a portfolio into
scenarios, and analyze the financial impact of funding or rejecting those projects. After you
have analyzed the projects, you can approve, reject, or place the projects on hold.
Oracle Project Portfolio Analysis has the following integration points directly with Oracle
Project Management:
Project managers enter scores for their projects in Oracle Project Management, and the
scores are displayed in Oracle Project Portfolio Analysis
Oracle Project Portfolio Analysis uses the financial plans from Oracle Project
Management to calculate financial measures such as return on investment, net present
value and internal rate of return for your portfolios. Budgets, actuals, and forecasts are
reported to Oracle Project Portfolio Analysis with current project data.
With Oracle Project Portfolio Analysis, you can do the following:
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 25
Portfolio Creation
Oracle Project Portfolio Analysis provides you with the ability to define your organizations
goals and strategy. By establishing common corporate objectives for your projects, you create a
grouping of projects that share these goals.
Create Planning Cycle
A portfolio planning cycle is a series of activities with the specific purpose of examining a set
of active projects and new project proposals in order to select projects to be funded. During the
planning cycle, the portfolio analyst examines and selects projects based on their alignment
with your organizations strategic objectives, financial objectives, and financial constraints.
When you create a planning cycle, you specify investment criteria and targets for financial
metrics and the investment mix.
Submit Projects
The initiation of a planning cycle generates a workflow notification that is sent to project
managers, asking them to submit their projects to the planning cycle. This notification contains
the name of the cost and revenue financial plans used by Oracle Project Portfolio Analysis.
Collect Projects and Build Scenarios
The initial scenario provides a listing of all projects that are in the current planning cycle.
Projects that qualify to be included in the portfolio are automatically collected into the initial
scenario on the due date specified in the planning cycle.
Rank Projects
Review the weighted strategic scores for projects, and rank the projects based on their scores.
The values for return on investment, net present value, payback period, and internal rate of
return fields are calculated based on the project costs and benefits for the funding period of the
planning cycle.
Compare Scenarios
After you create the scenarios, analyze the projects and compare them against the targets that
were set for the planning cycle. Charts and graphs are available to measure investment ranking,
strategic alignment, financial justification, and project status.
Recommend Scenarios
After comparing the scenarios, a portfolio analyst can recommend the scenarios that are
beneficial to the organization.
Approve Plan
As the approver of a portfolio, you can view the scenario summary of a portfolio. This
summary provides an overview of all the financial and strategic measures of the recommended
scenarios. You can review the performance and recommended funding approval status of each
project. Carefully review the portfolio, approve a scenario, and approve the portfolio plan for
the planning cycle.
Close Planning Cycle
You close the planning cycle after the plan has been approved. A closed planning cycle is
retained as history, and remains visible for portfolio reviewers. You cannot make any changes
to a plan once it is closed.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 26
Quiz

Answers: 1
Additional Information
The Oracle Enterprise Project
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 27
Oracle Daily Business Intelligence for Projects

Oracle Daily Business Intelligence for Projects
This slide describes Oracle Daily Business Intelligence for Projects. The graphic on the slide
depicts how Daily Business Intelligence provides financial and resource-related summary
reports based on performance measures and dimensions across projects.
Oracle Daily Business Intelligence for Projects is a component of Oracle Daily Business
Intelligence (DBI), a suite of reporting and analysis applications. DBI provides a management-
reporting layer for business users of the Oracle e-business suite products.
Oracle Daily Business Intelligence for Projects delivers aggregate and detailed information
about the projects in an enterprise directly to the people who need it. It is a comprehensive
reporting solution that provides cross-project visibility to full lifecycle performancefrom
opportunity bookings, to resource utilization, to profitability and activity analysis. Executive
managers can use Oracle Daily Business Intelligence for Projects to review information in both
graphic and tabular formats.
Single Repository of Project Metrics for All Stakeholders
Utilizing secure, rolebased portals, Oracle Daily Business Intelligence for Projects provides
daily summaries of key metrics including revenue, cost, margin, bookings, backlog, utilization,
and resource availability.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 28
Root Cause and Exception Management
Oracle Daily Business Intelligence for Projects provides multiple perspectives of the data to
enable you to analyze overall trends and identify exceptions. For example, you can:
Use summary data to stay informed.
Use trend and comparative analysis to develop insight.
Key Performance Measures
Use key performance measures to determine top-line performance, monitor trends, and analyze
change. Performance measures available in Oracle Daily Business Intelligence for Projects are:
Revenue
Cost
Margin
Margin %
Capital Projects Cost
Capital Cost
Forecast Cost
Capital Cost % of Capital Projects Cost
Expense
Contract Projects Cost
Contract Projects Cost % Of Budget
Billable Cost
Billable Cost % Of contract Projects Cost
Non Billable Cost
Bookings
Backlog
Book to Bill Ratio
Total Utilization %
Billable Utilization %
Available Resource Capacity Hours
HTML Reports
Reports provide breadth of content in graphical and tabular format. HTML Reports available in
Oracle Daily Business Intelligence for Projects (Daily Business Intelligence 6.0) are:
Projects Profitability
- Projects Actual Profitability
- Projects Forecast Profitability
- Projects Profitability Overview
- Projects Profitability Trend
- Projects Profitability Cumulative Trend
- Projects Profitability Detail
Projects Cost
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 29
- Projects Cost Summary
- Projects Cost Trend
- Projects Cost Cumulative Trend
- Projects Cost Detail
Capital Projects Cost
- Capital Projects Cost Summary
- Capital Projects Cost Trend
- Capital Projects Cost Cumulative Trend
- Capital Projects Cost Detail
Contract Projects Cost
- Contract Projects Cost Summary
- Contract Projects Cost Trend
- Contract Projects Cost Cumulative Trend
- Contract Projects Cost Detail
Projects Resource Availability
- Projects Available Time Summary
- Projects Availability Trend
- Projects Current Available Resources
- Projects Available Resources Duration
- Projects Available Resource Detail
Projects Utilization
- Projects Resource Utilization and Availability
- Projects Utilization Summary
- Projects Utilization Trend
- Projects Actual Utilization
- Projects Actual Utilization Detail
- Projects Scheduled Utilization
- Projects Scheduled Utilization Detail
- Projects Expected Utilization
- Projects Expected Utilization Detail
Projects Bookings and Backlog
- Projects Bookings and Backlog Summary
- Projects Bookings and Backlog Detail
- Projects Bookings and Backlog Activity
- Projects Bookings and Backlog Activity Details
- Projects Bookings Summary
- Projects Bookings Trend
- Projects Bookings Source Trend
- Projects Backlog Summary
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 30
- Projects Backlog Trend
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 31
Quiz

Answers: 1
Additional Information
The Oracle Enterprise Project Management solution comprises the following products
1. Oracle Project Foundation
2. Oracle Project Resource Management
3. Oracle Project Management
4. Oracle Project Collaboration
5. Oracle Project Costing
6. Oracle Project Billing
7. Oracle Project Portfolio Analysis
8. Oracle Daily Business Intelligence for Projects
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 32
Example Projects Business Flow

Example Projects Business Flow
This slide describes the entire Oracle Projects business flow. The graphic on the slide depicts
the business flow of a project from creating a project, through budgeting, staffing, task
execution and collaboration, to calculating cost and revenue, and reporting and analysis.
This section presents an example business flow through Oracle Projects using a contract
project. While the flow follows steps in a general sequence, once the project is defined, the
various activities may occur throughout the life of the project.
Define Project
Once the project is created, the project manager may submit the project for approval. Contract
funding is defined for contract projects using Agreements.
Define Budgets & Forecasts
Using Oracle Project Management, the project manager defines a draft cost and a draft revenue
budget. Once a budget is ready, the project manager can submit it for approval, leveraging the
Oracle Workflow routing and notification functionality. When approved, this version of the
budget becomes the current baseline.
Staff Project
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 33
Oracle Project Resource Management is used to define staffing requirements for the project.
The staffing manager evaluates the pool of available resources and either directly assigns
resources or nominates candidates. When the resource assignments are approved, they are
committed to the project.
Collect Costs
Once work begins on the project, Oracle Project Costing enables the project team to collect
costs and manage expenditures. For example, resources submit timecards; recording the
number of hours they worked on particular project and task combinations.
Revenue & Invoices
For contract projects, the project manager can generate, review, and release revenue. You then
generate revenue accounting events, create accounting in Oracle Subledger Accounting, and
transfer the final accounting to Oracle General Ledger.
Manage Project Invoices
For contract projects, the customer(s) associated with the project are identified when the
project is created. When the time comes to invoice the customer, you can generate, review,
approve and release a draft invoice. Released invoices are interfaced to Oracle Receivables.
Payments from the customer are applied to invoices in Oracle Receivables.
Collaborate on Project Execution
Oracle Project Collaboration enables the projects team members to record any issues that
arise. The project manager can publish status reports to team members who are both internal
and external to the enterprise.
Reporting and Analysis
Throughout the life of the project, analysis is performed:
Executives review comprehensive project reports using Oracle Daily Business Intelligence
for Projects. These reports allow cross-project visibility.
The project manager uses Oracle Project Management to create and publish status reports.
Project team members review project information using Oracle Project Collaboration.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Overview of the Oracle Enterprise Project Management Solution
Chapter 1 - Page 34
Summary

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 1
Oracle Projects Integration
with Other Oracle
Applications
Chapter 2
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 2

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 3
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 4
Objectives

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 5
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications

Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Oracle Projects provides a comprehensive solution to project management. This solution
includes extensive integration with other Oracle e-business suite products. Throughout this
integration, data flows seamlessly to and from Oracle Projects. This lesson provides an
overview of the major points of integration between Oracle Projects and other Oracle
Applications. Additional details regarding this integration are found throughout the lessons in
the R12.x Projects Fundamentals Learning Path.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 6
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 7
Oracle Product Lifecycle Management

Oracle Product Lifecycle Management
This slide describes the integration of Oracle Projects with Oracle Product Lifecycle
Management. The graphic on the slide depicts how you can use Oracle Projects and Oracle
Product Lifecycle Management to create a lifecycle tracking project, associate the project with
an item, and track the progress of the item by lifecycle phase.
Managing the lifecycle of an item often requires a project workplan to manage the
development process. The Oracle Product Lifecycle Management (PLM) solution provides the
central product model for Oracles e-business suite. Oracle Product Lifecycle Management is
the process of managing a product from initial concept to obsolescence or retirement. Oracle
Projects is integrated with Oracle Product Lifecycle Management to address the enterprise
project management and execution needs for the product lifecycle management solution.
Oracle Product Lifecycle Management allows you to define a lifecycle tracking project for an
item to track and report on the tasks required in each lifecycle phase. Using Oracle Product
Lifecycle Management integration, you can associate other related projects with an item for
greater visibility. With the integration of Oracle Projects and Oracle Product Lifecycle
Management, you can:
Define lifecycles for items or item revisions.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 8
Define a lifecycle tracking project to manage the item through its lifecycle.
Track tasks by item lifecycle phase.
Associate related projects with an item.

Create a Lifecycle Tracking Project
You can use a lifecycle tracking project to track and manage all required tasks in each item
lifecycle phase. You can define the project based on a project template. The project template
can default the tasks, milestones, and resources. You can create a lifecycle tracking project
either in Oracle Projects or in Oracle Product Lifecycle Management. In Oracle Product
Lifecycle Management, when you are within the context of an item/item revision, there is a
function to create a project.
Associate Project with an Item or Item Revision
You can associate a project with an item or item revision to track all activities across the
various phases of the complete product lifecycle. This association can be done in either Oracle
Projects or Oracle Product Lifecycle Management. You can track what projects are associated
with which items or item revisions via project/item associations.
Track and Report Progress of Item by Lifecycle Phase
You can leverage the various functions within Projects, including tasks, workplan, progress,
and more to manage the lifecycle activities.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 9
Oracle Assets

Oracle Assets
This slide describes the integration of Oracle Projects with Oracle Assets. The graphic on the
slide depicts how you can use a project to build a new asset or retire an existing asset, collect
costs and interface these costs to Oracle Assets to calculate depreciation for a new asset and
retirement costs for an existing asset.
Oracle Projects allows you to manage asset capitalization using capital projects. In a capital
project, you can collect constructioninprocess (CIP) and expense costs for each asset you are
building. You can also define retirement adjustment assets and capture cost of removal and
proceeds of sale amounts (retirement work in process, or RWIP) for assets you are retiring.
You use Oracle Projects to collect all asset cost detail transactions, summarize them to create
asset lines in Oracle Projects, and transfer them to Oracle Assets to become depreciable fixed
assets. Oracle Assets integration includes:
Inquiry of project information on mass addition lines.
Drilldown to project asset line details in Oracle Projects from projectrelated mass
addition lines in Oracle Assets.
Copying of project information from mass addition lines to asset source lines during Mass
Additions Posting process.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 10
Inquiry of project information on asset source lines.
Drilldown to project asset line details from projectrelated asset source lines.
Coordination with Oracle Payables so that supplier invoice lines are not interfaced to
Oracle Assets by both Oracle Payables and Oracle Projects when the invoice line is
associated with a capital project.
Generate Asset Lines
Run the concurrent program PRC: Generate Asset Lines to collect all eligible costs, summarize
them, and create asset cost lines and/or retirement cost lines.
Interface Asset Costs to Oracle Assets
Run the Oracle Projects concurrent program PRC: Interface Assets to Oracle Assets to
interface the asset cost and/or retirement cost lines to Oracle Assets.
Post Mass Additions
After you interface the costs to the Oracle Assets Mass Additions table, you can make changes
to the asset definition, if necessary, and then run the Post Mass Additions process in Oracle
Assets. Oracle Assets creates accounting entries in Oracle Subledger Accounting to clear CIP
and RWIP accounts, and posts the asset costs to the appropriate asset or group depreciation
reserve account.
Transfer to Oracle General Ledger
The Transfer to GL concurrent program transfers the accounting entries from Oracle Subledger
Accounting to Oracle General Ledger.
Tieback Asset Lines from Oracle Assets
The Tieback Asset Lines from Oracle Assets concurrent program identifies and updates Oracle
Projects assets and asset lines that have been interfaced to Oracle Assets. For assets, the
program updates the asset details to reflect the asset number assigned in Oracle Assets and the
period in which the asset was posted. The program updates each asset line to reflect the Oracle
Assets period in which the asset line was posted.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 11
Oracle Asset Tracking

Oracle Asset Tracking
This slide describes the integration of Oracle Projects with Oracle Asset Tracking. The graphic
on the slide depicts how you can use Oracle Asset Tracking and Oracle Inventory to store,
issue, and use items that you purchase for a project, and use Oracle Project Costing to manage
the costs of these items and of the assets that they helped create.
Oracle Asset Tracking is a fully integrated solution in the Oracle E-Business suite designed to
deploy and track internal products and assets at internal or customer sites, while providing the
ability to automatically capture financial transactions. Oracle Asset Tracking enables you to
provide users with access to tracking information, without allowing them access to sensitive
processes related to assets and purchasing. You can also track inventory items after you have
installed them and link financial transactions to the physical movement of equipment.
Oracle Asset Tracking enables you to create assets upon receipt in Oracle Purchasing. After
you create the asset, Oracle Asset Tracking performs the changes in the background for any
further physical movement. For example, if you move the asset from one location to the other,
then Oracle Asset Tracking performs the asset cost, distribution, and unit changes without
manual intervention. Oracle Asset Tracking integrates with Oracle Inventory, Oracle
Purchasing, Oracle Project Costing, Oracle Assets, Oracle Order Management, and Oracle
Payables, and stores information collected from them.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 12
Oracle Asset Tracking integration includes:
Creating project-related purchase orders linked to Oracle Asset Tracking
Entering receipts for project-related purchase orders in Oracle Purchasing and validating
the receipts against the Oracle Asset Tracking repository
Importing tracked items and cost into Oracle Project Costing
Monitoring costs in Oracle Project Costing
Generating asset lines for non-depreciable tracked items in Oracle Project Costing
Costing and interfacing the asset lines to Oracle Assets to create assets
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 13
Oracle Cash Management

Oracle Cash Management
This slide describes the integration of Oracle Projects with Oracle Cash Management. The
graphic on the slide depicts how you can use Oracle Cash Management to control the flow of
cash coming into a project from budgets, events, and customer payments as well as the cash
going out the project as supplier payments, project expenditure, and overhead costs.
Cash Forecasting in Oracle Cash Management captures cash flow information from Oracle
Projects. It also captures cash flow information from these other Oracle applications that store
projectrelated information: Oracle Purchasing, Oracle Receivables, Oracle Order
Management (with Oracle Project Manufacturing), and Oracle Payables.
By integrating Oracle Projects with Oracle Cash Forecasting, you can define and generate a
cash forecast for a specific project. You can report on cash flows from Oracle Projects sources
throughout your enterprise, and across organizations as needed. You are also able to forecast in
any currency, and analyze your projects currency exposure by forecasting transactions that are
entered in a particular currency.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 14
Oracle General Ledger

Oracle General Ledger
This slide describes the integration of Oracle Projects with Oracle General Ledger. The graphic
on the slide depicts the process of project accounting first as accounting events in Oracle
Subledger Accounting that are interfaced to Oracle General Ledger as journal entries.
Oracle Projects integrates with Oracle General Ledger via Oracle Subledger Accounting and
enables you to update your general ledger with Oracle Projects activity. You can generate
accounting events at any time and as often during an accounting period as you want. Oracle
Subledger Accounting uses the accounting events to generate the accounting and transfers the
final accounting to an Oracle General Ledger interface table.
Journal Import and Posting
After Oracle Subledger Accounting transfers accounting entries to the Oracle General Ledger
interface table, you run the Journal Import program. This program creates journal entries for
your cost, revenue, and cross-charge transactions, which you can post to Oracle General
Ledger at any time. Optionally, you can transfer the accounting to Oracle General Ledger and
post the journal entries when you run the Create Accounting program.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 15
Oracle General Ledger

Oracle General Ledger
This slide describes the integration of Oracle Projects with Oracle General Ledger for project
budgets. The graphic on the slide depicts the kind of accounting entries created for baseline
project budgets in Oracle General Ledger; budget journal entries for bottom-up budgets and
encumbrance journal entries for top-down budgets.
Oracle Projects budget integration enables you to integrate project budgets with non-project
budgets.
BottomUp Budget Integration
When enterprises use bottom-up budgeting, they build organizationlevel budgets by
consolidating budget amounts from lower-level sources. When you define budget integration
for a project, the project budget can be consolidated automatically.
When you submit a bottom-up integrated budget to create a baseline version, Oracle Projects
validates the submitted budget version, creates a baseline version, generates accounting events,
creates budget journal entries in final mode for the accounting events in Oracle Subledger
Accounting, and validates the budget amounts against an Oracle General Ledger budget. You
run the process PRC: Transfer Journal Entries to GL to transfer budget journal entries from
Oracle Subledger Accounting to Oracle General Ledger.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 16
TopDown Budget Integration
When top-down budgeting is used and encumbrance accounting is enabled, Oracle Projects
enables you to integrate project budgets with funding budgets. When you approve the project
cost budgets and create a baseline, the system generates encumbrance entries to reserve funds
in the funding budget for the anticipated project costs. These reservations ensure that budgeted
funds are not consumed before project costs are incurred. They also give management a more
complete picture of each organizations financial position. As future projects and future
purchases are evaluated, management can review the costs of their current expenditures, the
anticipated costs of approved commitments and approved projects, and the funds available for
future use. The reservations ensure that funds will be available when project costs are incurred
in Oracle Purchasing and Oracle Payables.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 17
Quiz

Answers: 2
Additional Information
When top-down budgeting is used and encumbrance accounting is enabled, Oracle
Projects enables you to integrate project budgets with funding budgets. When you approve
the project cost budgets and create a baseline, the system generates encumbrance entries to
reserve funds in the funding budget for the anticipated project costs. These reservations
ensure that budgeted funds are not consumed before the anticipated project costs are
incurred.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 18
Oracle Grants Accounting

Oracle Grants Accounting
This slide describes the integration of Oracle Projects with Oracle Grants Accounting. The
graphic on the slide depicts how you can use awards to fund projects that manage the activities
of grant-receiving organizations.
Oracle Grants Accounting extends the functionality of Oracle Projects to provide an award and
project management solution for grant receiving organizations. Grants Accounting enables you
to track multi-funded projects and the required compliance terms and conditions by award.
Oracle Grants Accounting supports the validation of allowable costs and effective dates, as
well as budgetary controls, to ensure compliance. Features that are part of Oracle Grants
Accounting include:
Multifunded projects
Award management
Funds control by award
Award Status Inquiry
Government reporting
Integration with Oracle Financials
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 19
Integration with Oracle Labor Distribution
Integration with Oracle Grants Proposal
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 20
Oracle Human Resources

Oracle Human Resources
This slide describes the integration of Oracle Projects with Oracle Human Resources. The
graphic on the slide depicts how Oracle Projects uses employee, job, business group,
organization, and organization hierarchy information defined in Oracle Human Resources.
Oracle Projects shares organization, job, and employee information with Oracle Human
Resources. If your business does not use Oracle Human Resources, you can enter this data in
Oracle Projects. Oracle Projects fully integrates with Oracle Human Resources to keep track of
employees and information relevant to them. If you have installed Oracle Human Resources,
you must use an Oracle Human Resources responsibility to define employees. Otherwise, you
enter this information in Oracle Projects and other Oracle Applications that integrate with it
(for example, Oracle Payables, Oracle Receivables, and Oracle Purchasing). If you are not
using Oracle Human Resources, you will have access to a set of human resources tables to
store employee data. This information is shared across all applications that need to use it,
including Oracle Projects. Oracle Projects does not own this data.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 21
Oracle Internet Expenses

Oracle Internet Expenses
This slide and the following one describe the integration of Oracle Projects with Oracle
Internet Expenses and Oracle Payables to manage project expenses. The graphic on these slides
depict how you create project-related expense reports in Oracle Internet Expenses, create
invoices on these expenses in Oracle Payables for accounting and payment, and import these
expenses back to the project to do the costing.
Enter and Submit Project-Related Expense Reports
You can enter and submit project-related expense reports in Oracle Internet Expenses.
Approve and Audit Expense Reports
You approve and audit expenses report in Oracle Internet Expenses to enforce policies.
Run Expense Report Export
After an expense report is approved and audited in Oracle Internet Expenses, you run the
program Expense Report Export from an expense report audit responsibility to send this
information to the Oracle Payables invoice tables. Oracle Payables identifies invoices created
from Oracle Internet Expenses expense reports with a source of Oracle Internet Expenses.
Validate and Process Invoices
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 22
For accrual basis accounting, you must validate the expense report invoice and create
subledger accounting in final mode before you can interface expense reports to Oracle Project
Costing. For cash basis accounting, you must pay the invoice before you can interface expense
reports to Oracle Project Costing. You can interface partially paid expense report invoices to
Oracle Project Costing.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 23
Oracle Internet Expenses

Oracle Internet Expenses
Interface Expense Reports from Oracle Payables
In Oracle Project Costing you run the program PRC: Interface Expense Reports from Payables
to interface project-related expense report costs to Oracle Project Costing. This information
initially goes to the interface tables. The program continues and automatically imports the
transactions to the Expenditure Items table. You run this program for expense reports that you
create in Oracle Internet Expenses (and for expense reports that you enter directly into Oracle
Payables). The program generates a report that lists the interfaced and rejected invoice
distribution lines, as well as a summary of the total number and cost of the distribution lines.
You can use either Oracle Project Costing or Oracle Payables to adjust expense reports that
you entered in Oracle Internet Expenses or Oracle Payables. If you make adjustments in Oracle
Project Costing, then you run programs in Oracle Project Costing to distribute the expense
report adjustments, generate cost accounting events, and create accounting for the adjustments
in Oracle Subledger Accounting. If you make adjustments in Oracle Payables, then you
revalidate the invoices and create final subledger accounting in Oracle Payables, and run the
program PRC: Interface Expense Reports from Payables in Oracle Project Costing to interface
the adjustments.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 24
Oracle Internal Controls Manager

Oracle Internal Controls Manager
This slide describes the integration of Oracle Projects with Oracle Internal Controls Manager.
The graphic on the slide depicts how you set up an audit project and use Oracle Projects to
audit and control the performance and compliance of your project organization.
Oracle Internal Controls Manager is a comprehensive audit tool that offers web based risk and
audit management features. With Oracle Internal Controls Manager, you can document and test
internal controls and ongoing compliance and your company can increase internal control
testing efficiency, improve risk assessment confidence, and lower external audit verification
costs.
Integration with Oracle Project Applications
Oracle Projects allows project managers to resource, schedule and execute projects. Oracle
Internal Controls Manager is fully integrated with Oracle Projects so that the audit project can
be created and managed in the same fashion as any other project. Projects which are classified
as an audit project are visible in Oracle Internal Controls Manager.
While project management is done in Oracle Projects, scoping of the project and the projects
fieldwork evaluation is managed through Oracle Internal Controls Manager.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 25
Oracle Inventory

Oracle Inventory
This slide describes the integration of Oracle Projects with Oracle Inventory. The graphic on
the slide depicts how you can enter issues and receipts for a project in Oracle Inventory to
collect and process costs and then import these costs back into the project as expenditures.
In a non-manufacturing environment, you enter issues and receipts into Oracle Inventory. After
you process costs, these transactions become costed transactions. Next, run the Cost Collector.
You can initiate the Cost Collector from the Project Cost Transfers window in Oracle
Inventory to collect and then transfer costs to Oracle Projects. Next, in Oracle Projects, run the
program PRC: Transaction Import to create expenditures in Oracle Projects. If the import
program rejects any transactions, then you can review and correct them using the Review
Transactions window. After you correct the transactions, resubmit the PRC: Transaction
Import program. The program imports the transactions into Oracle Project Costing as
accounted and costed. You cannot modify the cost distribution lines in Oracle Project Costing.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 26
Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning

Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning
This slide describes the integration of Oracle Projects with Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and
Supply Chain Planning. The graphic on the slide depicts how you can use Oracle Master
Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning to plan and schedule the manufacture and
shipping of one or more project deliverables.
A deliverable can result from the need to satisfy an external contractual obligation, or the need
to fulfill an internally planned activity. Using Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply
Chain Planning integration, you can initiate manufacturing demand for a project item
deliverable.
Define Deliverable
In Oracle Project Management, you can create project deliverables, associate them with
workplan tasks, and track them.
Define Planning Attributes
Define the planning attributes for the deliverable action. Before you can initiate planning, you
must select a financial task, and a demand schedule. You must also enter the appropriate
quantity, weight, volume, and unit of measure information.
Generate or Relieve Demand for the Deliverable
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 27
For project item deliverables, you initiate manufacturing planning by clicking Initiate Demand
to generate a demand schedule. You can also initiate demand for multiple projects and
deliverables within a project by running the PRC: Initiate Project Deliverable Actions
concurrent program. After you initiate demand for your project item deliverable, a demand
schedule is generated in the manufacturing planning system. After the item deliverable is
shipped, you can relieve the manufacturing demand for the shipped item quantity by running
the concurrent program PRC: Relieve Project Deliverable Demand.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 28
Oracle Payables (Accrual)

Oracle Payables (Accrual)
This slide describes the integration of Oracle Projects with Oracle Payables for accrual basis
accounting of supplier costs on a project. The graphic on the slide depicts how you can create
the supplier invoices on a project in Oracle Payables and interface accruals, invoice
distributions, and discounts as supplier costs back to the project as expenditures.
When the primary accounting method is accrual basis accounting, you interface perpetual
receipt accruals, invoice variances, invoice distributions, and payment discounts to Oracle
Project Costing as actual costs.
Matching Invoices
If you use Oracle Purchasing and have already associated project-related information to a
purchase order, and you are matching an invoice to a purchase order or receipt using the
Invoices windows instead of manually creating invoice lines and distributions, Oracle Payables
automatically copies the project information from the purchase order to the invoice.
You cannot change the project information that is copied from the purchase order to the
invoice, with the exception of the expenditure item date. Oracle Payables uses the profile
option PA: Default Expenditure Item Date for Supplier Cost during the invoice match process
to determine the default expenditure item date for supplier invoice distribution lines. You can
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 29
override the default expenditure item date for invoice distribution lines on the Invoice
Workbench in Oracle Payables.
Entering Invoices
You can enter project-related invoices directly in the Invoices windows in Oracle Payables.
You can enter project-related information at the invoice level, which populates the project-
related information at the invoice line level. You can override these default values at the
invoice line level. If you choose not to automatically generate the distributions for an invoice
line, you can enter project-related information in the Distributions window. An invoice can
have both project-related and non-project-related distributions.
Importing Invoices
You can import through the Payables Open Interface tables projects-related invoices from the
Invoice Gateway and other systems. For example, import expense report invoices from Oracle
Internet Expenses.
You can also import invoices from third party systems if the invoices are accounted.
Tracking Commitments
You can track project-related invoices as commitments in Oracle Project Costing before you
interface them as actual costs.
Posting Invoices
If you use accrual basis accounting, then you must validate the invoice and create subledger
accounting for it in final mode in Oracle Payables, before you can interface the invoice to
Oracle Project Costing.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 30
Oracle Payables (Cash)

Oracle Payables (Cash)
This slide describes the integration of Oracle Projects with Oracle Payables for cash basis
accounting of supplier costs on a project. The graphic on the slide depicts how you can create
the supplier invoices on a project in Oracle Payables, release payment, and interface these
supplier costs back to the project as expenditures.
When the primary accounting method in Oracle Payables is cash basis accounting, you
interface payments to Oracle Projects as actual costs. You cannot interface costs from Oracle
Payables to Oracle Projects as actual costs until you pay the invoice. After you enter payments
for a supplier invoice, you interface the costs to Oracle Projects as actual costs. You can
interface partially paid invoices to Oracle Projects.
Entering Invoices
As with accrual basis accounting, you can match invoices to purchasing documents, manually
enter a supplier invoice, and import supplier invoices from an external source.
Tracking Commitments
You can track project-related invoices as commitments in Oracle Project Costing.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 31
Quiz

Answers: 2
Additional Information
Oracle Projects integrates with Oracle Payables to interface accruals, invoice distributions,
and discounts on supplier invoices to Oracle Projects as actual costs for accrual basis
accounting.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 32
Oracle Purchasing

Oracle Purchasing
This slide describes the integration of Oracle Projects with Oracle Purchasing and Oracle
iProcurement. The graphic on the slide depicts how you use Oracle iProcurement and Oracle
Purchasing to raise requisitions and purchase orders for a project, calculate the cost, and
interface this cost back to Oracle Projects as project expenditures.
When you enter project-related transactions in Oracle Purchasing and Oracle iProcurement,
you only need to enter project information on the source document -- either the requisition or
the purchase order. When you automatically create purchase orders from requisitions using
Oracle Purchasing AutoCreate feature, Oracle Purchasing automatically copies the project
information from the requisition to the purchase order.
Entering Requisitions
You enter project-related purchase requisitions using the Requisitions window in Oracle
Purchasing. You can enter default project information in the Project Information tabbed region
of the Requisitions Preferences window. Oracle Purchasing uses this default information to
populate the requisition distribution lines you create during your current session. The
requisitions distribution line has a Project tabbed region for you to enter project-related
information. A requisition can have a combination of project-related and non-project-related
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 33
distribution lines. In addition, you can use the Buyer WorkCenter in Oracle Purchasing to
review requisitions.
You can also use Oracle iProcurement to enter project-related purchase requisitions. You can
enter default project information in the iProcurement Preferences page. Oracle iProcurment
saves this default information and uses it to populate the billing information when you check
out.
Using AutoCreate
When you automatically create purchase orders from project-related requisitions in the
AutoCreate Documents window, Oracle Purchasing copies the project information and the
accounting information from the requisition to the purchase order. You do not need to enter
any additional project-related information on your purchase order when you use this feature.
You can change the project information on the purchase order that was copied from the
requisition; the project information on the requisition is not updated.
Entering Purchase Orders
If your company does not use online requisitions or the AutoCreate feature, you can enter
project-related information directly on your standard purchase orders using the Distributions
window for purchase orders in Oracle Purchasing. When you use this window, you specify
project-related information in the Project tabbed region of the distribution line. The Account
Generator automatically creates the account information, based on the project-related
information you enter.
You can also use the Buyer WorkCenter in Oracle Purchasing to enter project-related purchase
requisitions. You can drill down to the details for a distribution line to enter and view project-
related information for a purchase order distribution.
Entering Releases
You enter project-related releases against blanket purchase agreements and planned purchase
orders using the Enter Releases window in Oracle Purchasing. When you use this window, you
specify if the release distribution line is project-related. If it is project-related, you continue to
enter project information for the line.
Recording Receipts and Delivery
When a purchase order shipment is flagged to accrue at receipt and the purchased goods are
delivered to an expense destination, you enter a receiving transaction for the purchase order in
Oracle Purchasing and create subledger accounting for the receiving transaction in final mode.
If you do not create the subledger accounting in final mode, you may encounter issues if you
make adjustments to the transactions.
Next, you interface receipt accruals to Oracle Projects as actual transactions. This feature
enables you to recognize the cost to your project in the period in which it is incurred rather
than in the period in which it is invoiced.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 34
Quiz

Answers: 1
Additional Information
You can account for purchase requisitions on a project as committed costs and account for
purchase orders on a project as actual costs.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 35
Oracle Project Contracts

Oracle Project Contracts
This slide describes the integration of Oracle Projects with Oracle Project Contracts for
accounting of contract deliverables on a project. The graphic on the slide depicts how you
create agreements for contract deliverables on a project in Oracle Projects, manage funding and
track progress for these deliverables in Oracle Project Contracts, and once shipped, create
project billing events and generate invoices and revenue.
Oracle Projects integrates with Oracle Project Contracts, enabling you to create deliverybased
billing events to drive billing. You manage funding in Oracle Project Contracts, and the
agreements are automatically maintained in Oracle Project Billing.
Assign a Master Project to a Contract
You can assign a master project at the contract header level and subprojects or master project
top tasks at the contract line or subline level.
Create Project Agreement from the Funding Workbench
You can create a project agreement from the Funding Workbench. You can update the project
agreement from the Funding Workbench before or after a baseline has been created.
Collect and Report on Project Costs
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 36
Manufacturing and engineering costs can be collected into Oracle Project Costing.
Initiate Billing and Generate Invoices and Revenue
You can create a deliverable-based billing event from Oracle Project Contracts. You can then
generate revenue and invoices in Oracle Project Billing using the events.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 37
Oracle Project Manufacturing

Oracle Project Manufacturing
This slide describes the integration of Oracle Projects with Oracle Project Manufacturing
required to manage manufacturing projects. The graphic on the slide depicts how you can
create a manufacturing project, track manufacturing activities, progress, and costs in Oracle
Project Manufacturing, and import these costs back into the project as project expenditures.
Oracle Project Manufacturing is a solution for companies that manufacture products using
projects. When used as a part of the Oracle Project Manufacturing functionality, Oracle
Projects acts as a cost repository for manufacturingrelated activities from other products in the
Oracle Project Manufacturing suite. Project manufacturing is a type of manufacturing
environment where production requirements are driven by large projects. The incorporation of
Oracle Projects in the Oracle Project Manufacturing suite allows you to:
Set up the Work Breakdown Structure for a manufacturing project in Oracle Projects. The
manufacturing costs are then tracked by project and task, and are imported into Oracle
Projects using the Transaction Import process.
Track projects and tasks defined in Oracle Projects throughout various manufacturing
applications.
Charge project costs from inventory and work in process to a project and task.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 38
Include project costs from manufacturing and distribution in your budget to actual cost
analysis in Oracle Projects.
Integrate with Oracle Enterprise Asset Management to create a preventive maintenance
strategy for assets and rebuildable inventory items.
Associate Project References Throughout the Manufacturing Process
You can plan, schedule, process, and cost against a specific project or a group of projects. If
Oracle Project Manufacturing is installed, and the Project References Enabled and Project
Control Level parameters are set in the Organization Parameters window, you can assign
project and, if required, task references to sales orders, planned orders, jobs, requisitions,
purchase orders, and other entities within Oracle Manufacturing. If the Project Cost Collection
Enabled parameter is also set, you can collect and transfer manufacturing cost to Oracle
Projects.
Cost Collector Process
When costs are incurred in Oracle Manufacturing that are related to a project, the Cost
Collector process in Oracle Cost Management passes those costs to Oracle Projects. The Cost
Collector finds all costed transactions in Oracle Manufacturing that have a project reference
and passes the referenced transaction costs to the correct project, task, and expenditure type
into Oracle Projects.
Transactions Import
Oracle Projects imports the costs using the Transaction Import concurrent program.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 39
Oracle Receivables

Oracle Receivables
This slide describes the integration of Oracle Projects with Oracle Receivables, Oracle
Subledger Accounting and Oracle General Ledger required to complete project billing and
accounting. The graphic on the slide depicts the flow of released project invoices through
Oracle Receivables and Oracle Subledger Accounting to Oracle General Ledger.
Oracle Projects fully integrates with Oracle Receivables to process your invoices and track
customer payments. Oracle Projects generates draft invoices and uses Oracle Receivables to
collect payments for the project invoices. When you transfer invoices to Oracle Receivables,
Oracle Projects also maintains project balances of unbilled receivables and unearned revenue
and creates accounting transactions for these amounts.
Interface Invoices to Oracle Receivables
When you interface invoices to Receivables, you use an Oracle Projects process that collects
all eligible released draft invoices in Oracle Projects and interfaces them to the Oracle
Receivables interface tables. This process also maintains project balances of unbilled
receivables and unearned revenue and creates accounting transactions for these amounts.
AutoInvoice Import and Tieback Invoices
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 40
Once interfaced to the interface tables, the draft invoices await further processing by the Oracle
Receivables AutoInvoice process. Oracle Projects predefines most of the information that
AutoInvoice needs to create your customer invoices in Oracle Receivables, such as an invoice
batch source and transaction types for your invoices and credit memos. You run the Tieback
concurrent program to ensure that invoice data is loaded successfully into Oracle Receivables.
Sending Invoice Accounting to Oracle Subledger Accounting
After AutoInvoice creates invoices, you run the Submit Accounting process in Oracle
Receivables to create accounting for the invoices in Oracle Subledger Accounting. When you
create the accounting in final mode, you can choose to transfer the accounting entries to Oracle
General Ledger.
Post Invoices in Oracle General Ledger
After the accounting entries are transferred to Oracle General Ledger, you post the invoice
entries data to update your account balances.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 41
Quiz

Answers: 4
Additional Information
You interface supplier costs when you integrate Oracle Projects with Oracle Payables.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 42
Oracle Subledger Accounting

Oracle Subledger Accounting
This slide describes the integration of Oracle Projects with Oracle Subledger Accounting. The
graphic on the slide depicts how you use Oracle Subledger Accounting to create standardized
accounting for project transactions and transfer these as final journal entries in Oracle General.
Oracle Projects fully integrates with Oracle Subledger Accounting so that you can create
accounting for your project-related transactions.
Oracle Projects generates accounting events and creates the subledger accounting entries for
the accounting events. Oracle Projects predefines setup for Oracle Subledger Accounting so
Oracle Subledger Accounting accepts the default accounting information from Oracle Projects
without change. Oracle Subledger Accounting transfers the final accounting to Oracle General
Ledger. If you define your own detailed accounting rules in Oracle Subledger Accounting, then
Oracle Subledger Accounting overwrites default accounts, or individual segments of accounts,
that Oracle Projects derives using AutoAccounting, or the Project Budget Account Generation
workflow for integrated budgets.
Oracle Subledger Accounting integration includes:
A set of predefined accounting rules that Oracle Subledger Accounting uses to create
accounting for project-related accounting events
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 43
The ability to define your own detailed accounting rules for Oracle Projects using a
centralized accounting setup consistent with other subledgers
A set of concurrent programs in Oracle Projects that you use to generate accounting
events, create accounting in Oracle Subledger Accounting, transfer journal entries from
Oracle Subledger Accounting to Oracle General Ledger, and sweep transaction accounting
events
A full audit trail and exception reporting
Inquiry of subledger journal entries
Transfer of subledger accounting entries to Oracle General Ledger and the option to post
the journal entries in Oracle General Ledger as part of the transfer process
For additional information about Oracle Subledger Accounting and Oracle Projects, refer to the
R12.x Oracle Project Costing Fundamentals course.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 44
Oracle Sales

Oracle Sales
This slide describes the integration of Oracle Projects with Oracle Sales. The graphic on the
slide depicts how you can create a project from a sales opportunity to help plan delivery,
forecast revenue, and gain an insight into the value of the opportunity.
Integration with Oracle Sales applications enables project organizations to optimize the sales
lifecycle. Using this integration, both the selling and the delivery organizations gain visibility
of the opportunity and the planning of the project throughout the sales cycle. The integration
leverages the opportunity win probability when forecasting the anticipated revenue for the
project. As the sales team updates the opportunity win probability, the project forecast values
can be regenerated to take account of the updated probability.
Sales managers are often required to align organization goals to reduce sales cost while
meeting revenue expectation. The integration enables sales managers to increase the revenue
and margin by tracking and managing presale costs. It facilitates delivery planning by
leveraging the project and resource planning capabilities in Oracle Projects.
You can create pursuit and delivery project requests for an opportunity based on criteria such
as Category (product category for opportunities), opportunity win probability, close date,
opportunity status, and sales stage. After a project request is created, you can create project
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 45
from a project request. Typically, you create an indirect (pursuit) project from a pursuit project
request to track the presale costs. You can also create a contract (delivery) project from a
delivery project request for delivery planning. Later, when the sales team updates an
opportunity, the pipeline project can be updated.
Create a Sales Opportunity
Using Oracle Sales, you can track and manage sales opportunities, record customer or prospect
contacts and interactions, and manage information. As the opportunity evolves, the information
gathered is used to automatically create project requests for the projects that will be required to
plan and execute the work and to track the effort in winning the deal.
Create Project Requests
Every opportunity may have one delivery project request and one pursuit project request
created for it. You run the concurrent program, PRC: Manage Project Requests and Maintain
Projects, in Oracle Projects to control:
Which opportunities are used to create project requests
Whether an opportunity has a delivery project request created for it
Whether an opportunity has a pursuit project request created for it
Create Project from a Project Request
A project administrator monitors incoming project requests and coverts them to projects:
The delivery project request creates a delivery project, which is used to plan the work
during the sales cycle before the opportunity is won. When the win probability reaches
100%, the same project can be approved and used to deliver the work. The delivery
project is typically a Contract type project.
The pursuit project request can be used to create a pursuit project, to track the pre-sales
effort and cost of sales, since the true value of the customer may also include opportunity
time and costs. A pursuit project is typically an Indirect type project. Optionally the
pursuit effort and costs can be tracked as designated task(s) on the delivery project.
After the project is approved, the project manager manages the execution and closes the project
when it is completed.
Update Opportunity Information and Update Project Information
When sales team updates an opportunity, you can run PRC: Manage Project Requests and
Maintain Projects to update the pipeline project. If the probability, expected approval date, or
opportunity value is updated on the opportunity, these changes are applied to the project, and
workflow notifications are sent to the Project Manager and the Staffing Owner to inform them
of the changes. This notification alerts them so that they may take appropriate actions, such as
making staffing changes or performing forecast regeneration.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 46
Oracle Shipping Execution

Oracle Shipping Execution
This slide describes the integration of Oracle Projects with Oracle Shipping Execution. The
graphic on the slide depicts how you can define shipping attributes for project deliverables,
initiate shipping for them, and track their shipping and delivery in Oracle Shipping Execution.
Define Deliverable
In Oracle Project Management, you can create project deliverables, associate them with
workplan tasks, and track them. You can define deliverables at the project or task level. As part
of the deliverable definition, you can also define deliverable actions such as the shipping
action.
Define Shipping Attributes
Define the shipping attributes for the deliverable action. Before you can initiate shipping, you
must select a financial task, a ship from organization and location, and a ship to organization
and location. You can also enter the appropriate quantity, weight, volume, and unit of measure
information.
Initiate Shipping of the Deliverable
When a deliverable is ready to be shipped, you can initiate shipping by marking the deliverable
action as Ready to Ship. To send a shipping request to the Shipping application, you choose
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 47
Initiate Shipping. You can initiate shipping action for only one deliverable at a time. You must
save the action before you can initiate shipping.

Perform Shipping Transaction and Delivery
After you initiate shipping, you perform the shipping transactions and deliveries in Oracle
Shipping Execution. The project manager, task manager, or deliverable owner can view the
shipping detail information, such as shipping status, delivery number, tracking number, and
quantity.
Note: When you create the shipping transactions in Oracle Shipping Execution, you must use
Oracle Project Contracts as the source and the project number as the order number. You do not
need to implement Oracle Project Contracts to integrate project deliverables with Oracle
Shipping Execution.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 48
Oracle Time & Labor

Oracle Time & Labor
This slide describes the integration of Oracle Projects with Oracle Time & Labor. The graphic
on the slide depicts how you enter and approve project timecards in Oracle Time & Labor,
transfer the time to the project, compute and distribute cost, and create project accounting.
Oracle Time & Labor integrates with Oracle Projects to validate time against chargeable
projects, tasks, and expenditure types and to check for transaction controls that you may have
implemented. The following steps outline the procedure for collecting project-related timecards
in Oracle Time & Labor and processing those timecards in Oracle Projects:
Enter and Submit Timecards
Employees and contingent workers enter and submit project-related timecards. People assigned
to projects managed through Oracle Project Resource Management can use the Autopopulate
template to automatically record their projects, tasks, and expenditure types.
Approve Timecards
During implementation, you define approval and routing rules using Oracle Workflow. You
can set up Oracle Time & Labor to automatically approve timecards, or require management
review and approval.
Transfer Time to Oracle Projects and Import Transactions
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 49
Oracle Human Resources, Oracle Payroll, and Oracle Projects can retrieve timecards from
Oracle Time & Labor. In Oracle Time & Labor, you assign an application set and retrieval rule
group to employees and contingent workers. The application set determines which applications
can retrieve the timecards for an employee or contingent worker and the retrieval rule group
determines the retrieval rules for each application. The retrieval rules specify which approval
processes must be complete for a timecard before another application can retrieve the data. For
information about defining application sets, retrieval rule groups, and retrieval rules, see the
Oracle Time & Labor Implementation and User Guide.
When the timecards are ready for retrieval, you run the program PRC: Transaction Import to
transfer timecards from Oracle Time & Labor to Oracle Projects. This program transfers
timecards that belong to employees and contingent workers with Oracle Projects in their
application set and retrieval rule group, and that meet the retrieval rules for Oracle Projects.
When you submit PRC: Transaction Import, select Oracle Time and Labor for the Transaction
Source parameter and leave the Batch Name parameter blank.
Distribute Labor Costs
In Oracle Projects, run the program PRC: Distribute Labor Costs for a Single Project or the
program PRC: Distribute Labor Costs for a Range of Projects. The program computes the
labor costs for timecard hours and determines the default GL cost account.
Generate Cost Accounting Events
Run the program PRC: Generate Cost Accounting Events for the Labor Costs process category
to derive a default cost clearing account using AutoAccounting and to create accounting events
in Oracle Subledger Accounting.
Create Accounting and Transfer to GL
Run the program PRC: Create Accounting for the Labor Costs process category to create
accounting for the timecards in Oracle Subledger Accounting. When you run the process in
final mode, you can choose to transfer the final journal entries to Oracle General Ledger and to
post the journal entries in Oracle General Ledger.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 50
Oracle Workflow

Oracle Workflow
This slide describes the integration of Oracle Projects with Oracle Workflow. The graphic on
the slide depicts how you can use Oracle Workflow for the required notifications and approvals
that are a part of the project lifecycle.
Oracle Projects provides the ability to integrate with Oracle Workflow to automate some
activities. Oracle Workflow automatically routes approvals and notifies the appropriate users
of current approval status. Oracle Projects provides default processes for each workflow. These
workflows include:
Oracle Project Foundation
- PA: Project Workflow
Oracle Project Costing
- PA AutoAllocations Workflow
Oracle Project Resource Management
- PA: Project Assignment Approval Workflow
- PA: Candidate Notification Workflow
Oracle Project Management
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 51
- PA: Budget Workflow
- PA: Project Execution Workflow
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Oracle Projects Integration with Other Oracle Applications
Chapter 2 - Page 52
Summary

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Ledgers and Currencies
Chapter 3 - Page 1
Ledgers and Currencies
Chapter 3
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Ledgers and Currencies
Chapter 3 - Page 2

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Ledgers and Currencies
Chapter 3 - Page 3
Ledgers and Currencies

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Ledgers and Currencies
Chapter 3 - Page 4
Objectives

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Ledgers and Currencies
Chapter 3 - Page 5
Agenda

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Ledgers and Currencies
Chapter 3 - Page 6
Define an Oracle Applications Ledger

Define an Oracle Applications Ledger
This slide describes how to set up your Oracle Applications ledger. The graphic on the slide
depicts how you define a chart of accounts, and accounting calendar, currencies, and a
subledger accounting method to set up your Oracle Applications ledger and use the GL: Ledger
Name profile option to assign your ledger to a responsibility.
You define ledgers when you create accounting setup in Accounting Setup Manager. Each
accounting setup requires a primary ledger and optionally one or more secondary ledgers and
reporting currencies.
You perform the following steps to set up your Oracle Applications ledger and assign it to a
responsibility:
Define a chart of accounts
Define an accounting calendar
Enable currencies
Define a subledger accounting method
Define a ledger
Assign ledger to a responsibility using the GL: Ledger Name profile option
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Ledgers and Currencies
Chapter 3 - Page 7
Chart of Accounts
The chart of accounts is the account structure you define to fit the specific needs of your
organization. You can choose the number of account segments as well as the length, name, and
order of each segment.

Accounting Calendar
An accounting calendar defines an accounting year and the periods it contains. You can define
multiple calendars and assign a different calendar to each ledger. Oracle Projects can have its
own, separate accounting calendar for determining Project Accounting (PA) periods.
Currency
Before you can process transactions in multiple currencies, you must enable the currencies that
you plan to use, using the Currencies window in Oracle General Ledger. You also set up and
maintain the exchange rate types and exchange dates in Oracle General Ledger.
Subledger Accounting Method
A subledger accounting method determines how accounting events are processed by the
Subledger Accounting program. You define subledger accounting methods in Oracle Subledger
Accounting when you use Oracle Subledger Accounting to integrate data from Oracle
Financial Subledgers and non-Oracle systems with Oracle General Ledger.
Ledger
A ledger determines the currency, account structure, accounting calendar, ledger processing
options and subledger accounting method, if used, for a company or group of companies. Each
ledger has a number of options that indicate the accounting practices you want to follow for
that ledger. Your ledger must have at least one legal entity associated with it so it can be used
to set up Oracle Projects.
You must specify a ledger in the System Implementation Options to tell Oracle Projects which
ledger to use. Oracle Payables, Oracle Receivables, Oracle Purchasing, and Oracle Assets must
use the same ledger. Specify the ledger that your implementation team defined during the
implementation of Oracle General Ledger.
If you are implementing Oracle Projects for multiple organizations, Ledger is a display-only
field. The ledger is derived from the ledger associated with the operating unit specified in the
Define Organization window in Oracle HRMS.
GL: Ledger Name profile option
To indicate the ledger in use at the site, application, or responsibility level, set the GL: Ledger
Name profile option. Assign the profile option value in Oracle System Administration.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Ledgers and Currencies
Chapter 3 - Page 8
Quiz

Answers: 1
Additional Information
A chart of accounts enables you to define the account structure for your organization that
consists of the number of account segments, their length, name, and order.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Ledgers and Currencies
Chapter 3 - Page 9
Agenda

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Ledgers and Currencies
Chapter 3 - Page 10
Chart of Accounts and AutoAccounting

Chart of Accounts and AutoAccounting
This slide describes how you can use AutoAccounting to derive a General Ledger account for a
project transaction and then use internal project values for detailed accounting. The graphic on
the slide shows an example of an AutoAccounting rule that uses the expenditure type
parameter to determine the General Ledger cost account for labor expenses and then uses
project expenditure types of administrative, design, and instructional labor expenses to derive
the accounts segment value.
Oracle Projects creates many different accounting transactions throughout its business cycle.
You use AutoAccounting to specify how to determine the default Oracle General Ledger
account for each transaction. When you implement AutoAccounting, you define the rules and
circumstances that determine which General Ledger accounts Oracle Projects uses. Oracle
Projects then uses these rules to determine accounting transactions. You need to consider how
you plan to use Oracle Projects as you implement your ledger. You have the ability to track
additional levels of detail within Oracle Projects, while maintaining the chart of accounts at a
general level.
For example, you may track labor expenses with a set of account values in the natural account
segment. In Oracle Projects, you can break labor into additional detail using expenditure types.
Each timecard entry in Oracle Projects is associated with an expenditure type. For example,
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Ledgers and Currencies
Chapter 3 - Page 11
you can map expenditure types such as Design, Instruction, and Professional to the natural
account value representing Professional Labor for General Ledger accounting purposes.
While you collect Professional Labor expenses in the General Ledger natural account, the
detail for each expense is kept in Oracle Projects. Expenditure items for each timecard entry
are maintained in detail for each project and task.

AutoAccounting Rules
AutoAccounting rules are formulas (or methods) used to derive each segment within your
account structure based on the type of transaction. Each rule can use one of three intermediate
value sources to derive the account segment:
Constant value
- Supply a single valid segment value.
Parameter
- Context-sensitive intermediate value that requires a lookup set. The lookup set maps
an intermediate value to a General Ledger segment value.
SQL select statement
- Execute an SQL select statement to retrieve a value; make the rule dependent on
multiple values and conditional statements.
AutoAccounting is used to perform the account mapping in Oracle Projects. Account
Generator performs the account mapping for project-related expenditures in Oracle Purchasing
and Oracle Payables. Account Generator is also used for integrating budgets in Oracle Projects
with budgets in Oracle General Ledger.
For additional discussion regarding AutoAccounting, see the courses titled R12.x Oracle
Project Costing Fundamentals and R12.x Oracle Project Billing Fundamentals.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Ledgers and Currencies
Chapter 3 - Page 12
Quiz

Answers: 1
Additional Information
You use AutoAccounting to perform the account mapping in Oracle Projects. Account
Generator performs the account mapping for project-related expenditures in Oracle
Purchasing and Oracle Payables. Account Generator also integrates budgets in Oracle
Projects with budgets in Oracle General Ledger.

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Ledgers and Currencies
Chapter 3 - Page 13
Integration with Oracle Subledger Accounting

Integration with Oracle Subledger Accounting
This slide describes the integration of Oracle Projects with Oracle Subledger Accounting. The
graphic on the slide depicts how you create subledger accounting entries for a project which
Oracle Subledger Accounting transfers to Oracle General Ledger as journal entries.
Oracle Projects fully integrates with Oracle Subledger Accounting so that you can create
accounting for your project-related transactions.
Oracle Projects generates accounting events and creates the subledger accounting entries for
the accounting events. Oracle Projects predefines setup for Oracle Subledger Accounting so
Oracle Subledger Accounting accepts the default accounting information from Oracle Projects
without change. Oracle Subledger Accounting transfers the final accounting to Oracle General
Ledger. If you define your own detailed accounting rules in Oracle Subledger Accounting, then
Oracle Subledger Accounting overwrites default accounts, or individual segments of accounts,
that Oracle Projects derives using AutoAccounting, or the Project Budget Account Generation
workflow for integrated budgets.
Oracle Subledger Accounting integration includes:
A set of predefined accounting rules that Oracle Subledger Accounting uses to create
accounting for project-related accounting events
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Ledgers and Currencies
Chapter 3 - Page 14
The ability to define your own detailed accounting rules for Oracle Projects using a
centralized accounting setup consistent with other subledgers
A set of concurrent programs in Oracle Projects that you use to generate accounting
events, create accounting in Oracle Subledger Accounting, transfer journal entries from
Oracle Subledger Accounting to Oracle General Ledger, and sweep transaction accounting
events
A full audit trail and exception reporting
Inquiry of subledger journal entries
Transfer of subledger accounting entries to Oracle General Ledger and the option to post
the journal entries in Oracle General Ledger as part of the transfer process.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Ledgers and Currencies
Chapter 3 - Page 15
Quiz

Answers: 1
Additional Information
AutoAccounting rules are formulas (or methods) used to derive each segment within your
account structure.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Ledgers and Currencies
Chapter 3 - Page 16
Flexfield Qualifiers and Oracle Projects

Flexfield Qualifiers and Oracle Projects
This slide describes the use of flexfield qualifiers to derive account segments for project
accounting. The graphic on the slide depicts a sample chart of accounts for project cost and
revenue audit reports derived using flexfield qualifiers for balancing, cost center, and natural
account segments
Two Oracle Projects audit reports, the AUD: Cost Audit Report and the AUD: Revenue Audit
Report, list account combinations. These reports require that a balancing segment, a cost center
segment, and a natural account segment be identified for your Accounting Flexfield. Oracle
Applications use flexfield qualifiers to identify certain segments in your accounting flexfield:
Balancing Segment: Oracle General Ledger uses the balancing segment to ensure that all
journals balance for each value of your balancing segment. Oracle General Ledger also
uses your balancing segment to ensure that entries that affect multiple values for the
balancing segment use the appropriate intercompany or interfund accounting.
Cost Center Segment: Cost centers indicate functional areas of your organization, such
as Accounting, Facilities, Shipping, and so on.
Natural Account Segment: A natural account segment contains values representing
account types, such as cash, accounts receivable, product revenue, and salary expense.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Ledgers and Currencies
Chapter 3 - Page 17
For more information about flexfield qualifiers, see the Oracle General Ledger User Guide.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Ledgers and Currencies
Chapter 3 - Page 18
Quiz

Answers: 2
Additional Information
Oracle General Ledger uses the balancing segment to ensure that all journals balance for
each value of the balancing segment.
Oracle General Ledger also uses your balancing segment to ensure that entries that affect
multiple values for the balancing segment use the appropriate intercompany or interfund
accounting.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Ledgers and Currencies
Chapter 3 - Page 19
Dynamic Inserts

Dynamic Inserts
This slide describes the dynamic creation of new account combinations for project accounting
transactions. The graphic on the slide depicts how you can enable dynamic insertion in Oracle
General Ledger for key flexfield segments to create new account code combinations for project
accounting transactions.
The Oracle Projects AutoAccounting feature requires that you allow dynamic insertion of new
account combinations. You must define your accounting structure with the Allow Dynamic
Inserts option enabled. Enable dynamic insertion in the Key Flexfields Segments window to
dynamically create new account code combinations when entering data. Define cross
validation rules to prevent dynamic insertion from creating incorrect account combinations.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Ledgers and Currencies
Chapter 3 - Page 20
Agenda

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Ledgers and Currencies
Chapter 3 - Page 21
Defining an Accounting Calendar

Defining an Accounting Calendar
In Oracle General Ledger, you can create a calendar to define an accounting year and the
periods that it contains. Oracle Projects has its own set of periods and can use the same
calendar as the ledger or it can have its own calendar. To define an accounting calendar,
navigate to the Accounting Calendar window. For example, you may choose to have a 5-4-4
(or 13 week) calendar as part of your ledger and a weekly calendar for your Project Accounting
periods in Oracle Projects. Alternatively, you may choose to use the same calendar for periods
in Oracle Projects and Oracle General Ledger.
To define a new calendar:
1. Navigate to the Accounting Calendar window.
2. Enter a Name and Description for the calendar.
3. Add the periods that make up the calendar year.
4. Save your work.
When you exit the Accounting Calendar window, full calendar validation is launched. You can
choose to validate all calendars or the current calendar. This report helps you identify any
errors in your calendar that might interfere with the proper operation of Oracle General Ledger.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Ledgers and Currencies
Chapter 3 - Page 22
Agenda

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Ledgers and Currencies
Chapter 3 - Page 23
Currencies

Currencies
This slide describes the use of multiple currencies on a project. The graphic on the slide depicts
how you can enable multiple currencies and set up exchange rates to process project
transactions that involve different currencies.
Enabling Currencies
You can use multiple currencies throughout Oracle Projects. For example, Oracle Projects
allows you to define a project currency for each project. This currency can differ from the
functional currency of the operating unit that owns the project. You can select any active
currency defined in Oracle General Ledger. You must enable a currency before you can assign
it as a project currency, process transactions, or bill in that currency. To enable or disable a
currency, navigate to the Currencies window in Oracle General Ledger.
Exchange Rates
You use Oracle General Ledger to set up and maintain the exchange rate types and exchange
rates. When you enter transactions in a currency that is different from functional currency or
project currency Oracle Projects must convert the transaction amount to the functional and
project currencies. To convert transaction currencies, Oracle Projects must first determine the
exchange rate type and exchange rate date. The system also uses currency conversion attributes
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Ledgers and Currencies
Chapter 3 - Page 24
to convert revenue and billing amounts to the project functional currency, project currency, and
funding currency, and to convert the funding amounts to the project functional currency and
project currency.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Ledgers and Currencies
Chapter 3 - Page 25
Reporting Currencies

Reporting Currencies
This slide describes the maintenance of accounting records in one or more reporting currencies.
The graphic on the slide depicts how you can use currencies other than the primary Oracle
General Ledger currency for financial reporting.
Each ledger is defined with a ledger currency that is the primary record-keeping currency used
to record business transactions and accounting data within Oracle General Ledger. If you also
need to maintain and report accounting records in one or more reporting currencies, then you
can do this by defining one or more reporting currencies for the ledger. You can perform
financial reporting in Oracle General Ledger using the ledger currency or a reporting currency.
Unlike secondary ledgers, reporting currencies only differ by currency from their source
ledger. They share the same chart of accounts, accounting calendar and period type
combination, subledger accounting method, and ledger processing options.
Oracle Projects and Reporting Currencies
Oracle Projects generates accounting events that Oracle Subledger Accounting uses to create
the final accounting that it transfers to Oracle General Ledger. For subledger-level reporting
currencies, Oracle Subledger Accounting automatically performs the reporting currency
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Ledgers and Currencies
Chapter 3 - Page 26
conversion for the subledger journals. In addition, the generate asset lines in Oracle Projects
process calculates reporting currency amounts for the asset lines.
Note: If you allow users to make adjustments in Oracle Projects to expenditure items that
represent receipts, receipt nonrecoverable tax, or exchange rate variances, then Oracle Projects
does not perform accounting for adjustments in the following ledgers:
Reporting currency ledgers
Secondary ledgers if the secondary ledger currency differs from the primary ledger
currency
The profile option PA: Allow Adjustments to Receipt Accruals and Exchange Rate Variance
enables you to control whether users can adjust these expenditure items when exchange rate
variance exists and you convert journals to another currency.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Ledgers and Currencies
Chapter 3 - Page 27
Agenda

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Ledgers and Currencies
Chapter 3 - Page 28
Subledger Accounting Method

Subledger Accounting Method
This slide describes subledger accounting methods. The graphic on the slide depicts the
predefined subledger accounting methods of accrual with encumbrance accounting, cash with
encumbrance accounting, standard accrual, standard cash, and US Federal accounting.
A subledger accounting method is a group of application accounting definitions that
determines how accounting events are processed. Each subledger accounting method is
assigned to a ledger.
An example of a subledger accounting method is US GAAP accounting method, which
includes a US GAAP application accounting definition for Oracle applications. This method is
assigned to a ledger that uses US GAAP.
The following subledger accounting methods are predefined in Oracle Subledger Accounting:
Accrual with Encumbrance Accounting
Cash with Encumbrance Accounting
Standard Accrual
Standard Cash
US Federal Accounting
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Ledgers and Currencies
Chapter 3 - Page 29
You can, however, define your own subledger accounting methods.
For more information, refer to the Oracle General Ledger Implementation Guide.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Ledgers and Currencies
Chapter 3 - Page 30
Summary

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 1
Organizations
Chapter 4
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 2

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 3
Organizations

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 4
Objectives

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 5
Agenda

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 6
Oracle HRMS Integration and Organizations

Oracle HRMS Integration and Organizations
This slide describes the role that business groups and organizations play in Oracle Projects.
The graphic on the slide depicts the Oracle HRMS entities that Oracle Projects uses;
employees, jobs, business groups, and organizations.
Oracle Projects uses shared tables and forms from Oracle HRMS to define and maintain
organizations and organization hierarchies. Shared forms are accessible through the Super User
responsibility. Your applications implementation for Oracle HRMS determines where you need
to define certain information:
If a business does not use Oracle HRMS, this data is defined using the shared Oracle
HRMS forms provided with Oracle Projects. This information is shared across all
applications that need to use it, including Projects. Oracle Projects does not own this data.
If Oracle HRMS is installed, employee information must be defined using the forms
within Oracle HRMS. Jobs and organizations may be set up using the shared forms.
Organizations
The organizations you define represent each unit under which your business operates.
Organizations are the building blocks of your enterprise. Organizations are departments,
sections, divisions, companies, or other organizational units. In a dynamic business
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 7
environment, changes to organizations and organizational structures are inevitable. When your
organization structure changes, it is very important to understand the implications on your
Oracle Projects implementation.
Organizations and Oracle Projects
Oracle Projects uses organizations for the following business purposes:
Management of projects and tasks
Employee assignments
Expenditure entry
Nonlabor resource ownership
Budget management
Resource definition for project status reporting
Burden cost processing
Invoice and collections processing
Reporting
As an example, every project has a project owning organization. This organization is used for
many purposes, including reporting, security, and accounting. On a contract project, the
organization that owns the project may also be used in the AutoAccounting rules to determine
which General Ledger cost center should receive the credit for the revenue.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 8
Employees and Organizations

Employees and Organizations
This slide describes the relationship between employees, organizations, and business groups in
Oracle Human Resources. The graphic on the slide depicts a named example of how
employees are assigned to organizations which in turn, belong to a business group.
Employees are assigned to organizations classified as HR Organizations. Each organization
classified as an HR Organization is mapped to an organization classified as a Business Group.
Oracle Projects receives employee related information from Oracle HRMS, regardless of
whether the people are used in Oracle Project Resource Management or in other Oracle
Projects products. If you have installed Oracle Human Resources, you must use an Oracle
Human Resources responsibility to define employees. Otherwise, you enter this information
directly into Oracle Projects and other Oracle Applications that integrate with it. For additional
information on defining employees, see the lesson titled People Resources.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 9
Business Groups

Business Groups
This slide describes business groups. The graphic on the slide depicts how each business group
that you define in Oracle Human Resources partitions its organizations and its employees.
A business group is the largest organizational unit you can define to represent your enterprise.
A business group may correspond to a company or corporation, or in large enterprises, to a
holding or parent company or corporation. To define your organization structure, you must first
define a business group.
You must have at least one business group. The business group partitions employees,
organizations, and other entities. If you set up more than one business group, your data will be
partitioned accordingly. Classifying an organization as a business group is not reversible.
Oracle Human Resources includes a predefined organization named Setup Business Group. If
you plan to use only one business group, we recommend that you modify the definition of this
predefined business group rather than defining a new one. If you define a new business group
or additional business groups instead of modifying the predefined Setup Business Group, you
need to set the HR: Security Profile profile option for each of your user responsibilities to the
security profile associated with the appropriate business group. When you select a
responsibility, the business group assigned to your responsibility determines the business group
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 10
within which you will be working. Oracle Human Resources incorporates all other
organizations that you specify into the business group that you create.
Oracle Human Resources automatically creates a security profile with the business group name
when you define a new business group. A business group is a special classification of an
organization, so you also need to specify its location and organization type and identity it as an
internal organization.
Oracle Projects and Business Groups
When defining a business group, you must specify required business group information. Note
that even though you must fill in a value for every segment in the Business Group Flexfield,
Oracle Projects uses only the following information:
Short name
Employee Number Generation
Job Flexfield Structure
Project Burdening Organization Hierarchy
- Oracle Projects defaults the Project Burdening Organization Hierarchy to each burden
schedule you define. The Organization Hierarchy/Version is used to determine the
default burden multiplier when compiling a burden schedule.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 11
Operating Units

Operating Units
This slide describes the partitioning of subledger data by operating unit. The graphic on the
slide depicts how operating units of a business group have their own subledgers.
Operating units partition subledger data. An operating unit is a special classification of an
organization. Each organization classified as an operating unit belongs to a business group.
Organization classifications involving financial transactions, such as expenditure/event
organizations, billing schedule organizations, and project invoice collection organizations, are
always associated with operating units.
Each subledger responsibility is assigned an operating unit using the MO: Operating Unit
profile option. When you select a responsibility, the operating unit assigned to your
responsibility determines the operating unit within which you will be working.
Multiple Operating Units
The multiple organization access control (MOAC) feature enables users to enter and process
transactions in two or more operating units without switching responsibilities.
You must define a security profile in Oracle HRMS and assign it to the profile option MO:
Security Profile at the responsibility level to provide multiple operating unit access to a
responsibility. You can use individual operating units and organization hierarchies with
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 12
organizations classified as operating units while defining the security profile. Users associated
with responsibilities that have been set up in this manner can enter and process transactions in
multiple operating units without changing their responsibility.
MO: Operating Unit and MO: Security Profile
The MO: Operating Unit or the MO: Security Profile profile options determines the list of
operating units the user has access to for a responsibility. When you have access to more than
one operating unit based on the operating units assigned to the MO: Security Profile profile
option, you can define the MO: Default Operating Unit profile option. This profile option
determines the default operating unit that will be displayed in the Operating Unit field.
Oracle Projects and Operating Units
The operating unit is an important concept in Oracle Projects. Examples of the role of
operating units in Oracle Projects are:
Expenditure Operating Unit: This is the operating unit where the expenditure item was
incurred against a project. For example, the expenditure operating unit is the operating
unit within which a project-related requisition is entered in Oracle Purchasing.
Project Operating Unit: This is the operating unit within which a project is created.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 13
Legal Entity and Operating Unit

Legal Entity and Operating Unit
This slide describes the relationship between legal entities, project operating units, and project
transaction processing. The graphic on the slide depicts how Oracle Projects obtains the legal
entity for an operating unit that is used to process cross charges, define allocation rule targets,
and transfer prices.
The relationship between legal entities and operating units is defined in the Organization
window, that is owned by Oracle Human Resources. Oracle Projects then obtains the
appropriate legal entity from Oracle Human Resources for use in cross charge processing,
allocation rule definition, and transfer price scheduling.
You enter the name of the legal entity in the Default Legal Context field on the Operating Unit
Information region in the Define Organization window. It is from this Default Legal Context
field that Oracle Projects obtains the legal entity value for use in cross charge processing,
provider/receiver control definition, allocation rule target definition, and transfer price
scheduling depending upon the operating unit involved in those procedures.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 14
Quiz

Answers: 2
Additional Information
You define the relationship between legal entities and operating units in the Organization
window of Oracle Human Resources.
Oracle Projects then obtains the appropriate legal entity from Oracle Human Resources
for use in cross charge processing, allocation rule definition, and transfer price scheduling.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 15
Organization Hierarchies

Organization Hierarchies
This slide describes the setting up of project/task owning organization hierachies in Oracle
Projects. The graphic on the slide depicts an example of such a hierarchy where Services East
and Services West are organizations at the same level in the Vision Services organization
hierarchy.
Organizations are arranged in hierarchies. Depending upon the use of the hierarchy, the
organizations assigned to the hierarchy may have various organization classifications assigned
to them. For example, when you build a hierarchy to assign as the Project/Task Owning
Organization Hierarchy for in Oracle Projects, you will also want to assign the organization
classification of Project/Task Owning Organization to the organizations to control which
organizations can own projects and/or tasks. You may create different hierarchies for different
purposes using the same organizations.
Hierarchies and Oracle Projects
You can change the organization hierarchy setup in Oracle Projects to reflect changes to your
companys organization hierarchy. To maintain system control and enforce your business rules,
it is important to plan and manage the change carefully.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 16
Agenda

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 17
Defining Organizations

Defining Organizations
This slide describes the setting up of project organizations. The graphic on the slide depicts
with examples the steps of setting up an organization; by location first, then by name and
organization type, and finally by organization usage classification.
1. Define Locations
Locations are defined for each address a business uses. An unlimited number of locations
can be defined using the Location window. Locations can be detailed, or can consist of as
little as a name only. Location names appear in a list of values in any field where you
enter a location such as the Organization and Enter Person windows. Although the
Location window allows you to enter detailed information about a location, Oracle
Projects requires only that you provide information in the Name field for each location.
You define a location for each address your business uses. Give each location a short
name and then assign it to an individual organization or to an employee. A location is
easier to type than a full address, especially if many employees or organizations use it. If
several organizations are located at the same address, you assign the corresponding
location to each organization.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 18
You can use locations for reporting purposes. For example, you might assign one location
to your corporate headquarters and another location to your large branch office on the East
coast. Both of these organizations may include several subordinate organizations. You can
create custom reports using these locations, such as one that breaks down the total revenue
by the location of a projectowning organization.
2. Define the Basic Organization Information
To define the basic organization information, enter a name for your organization in the
Name field. A check is performed to see if organizations with the same name already
exist. Optionally, select an organization type in the Type field. Organization types do not
classify your organization; you use them for reporting purposes only. The type may
identify the function an organization performs, such as Administration or Service, or the
level of each organization in your enterprise, such as Division, or Department. You also
need to enter a start date in the From field and select a location from the list of values.
Select either internal or external in the Internal or External field. You cannot assign people
to an external organization.
3. Assign Organization Classifications
Organization classifications control how an organization is used. You use the
Organization window to define all the organizations within your business group. When
you define organizations, you need to assign Organization Classifications to each
organization that you want to use in Oracle Projects. For example, assign the classification
"Project/task owning organization" to any organizations that you want to allow to own
projects and/or tasks.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 19
Quiz

Answers: 1
Additional Information
You can create custom reports using these locations, such as one that breaks down the
total revenue by the location of a projectowning organization.
.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 20
Organization Classifications and Oracle Projects

Organization Classifications and Oracle Projects
To control how an organization is used in Oracle Projects, you enable one or more of the
following Organization Classifications.
Business Group
A business group is the largest organizational unit you can define to represent your enterprise.
A business group may correspond to a company or corporation, or in large enterprises, to a
holding or parent company or corporation.
Operating Unit
An operating unit is used to partition data for a subledger product. Organization classifications
involving financial transactions (such as expenditure/event organizations and project invoice
collection organizations) are always associated with operating units. Accounting combinations
involved in project transactions depend on the current Operating Unit, which in turn is
associated with a specific ledger.
HR Organization
Any organization that has the HR Organization classification enabled can have employees
assigned to it.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 21

Project/Task Owning Organization
Project/Task Owning Organizations can own projects and/or tasks in the operating unit. To
own projects and tasks in an operating unit, an organization must have the following
characteristics:
The Project/Task Owning Organization Classification must be enabled.
The organization must belong to the Project/Task Owning Organization Hierarchy Branch
assigned to the operating unit.
You may use the Additional Information section to restrict the project classes (indirect,
capital, contract) of the projects that an organization may own.
Project Expenditure/ Event Organization
To enable an organization to own project events, incur expenditures, and hold budgets for
projects, you must perform the following tasks when you define the organization:
Enable the Project Expenditure/Event organization classification
If you have installed Oracle Project Resource Management or Oracle Project
Management, define a default operating unit for the organization in the Additional
Organization Information section.
In addition, if this organization supports schedulable resources, you must perform the
following:
Select Related Organizations in the Additional Organization Information section
Enter the default operating unit for the organization
Note: You can also define a default operating unit for the organization classification HR
Organization by selecting Related Organizations in the Additional Organization Information
section. However, if you are using the operating unit for Oracle Projects, you must enable the
Project Expenditure/Event Organization classification.
Project Invoice Collection Organization
If your business decentralizes its invoice collection within an operating unit, you must enable
the Project Invoice Collection Organizations classification for each organization in which you
want to process invoices.
If your business decentralizes invoice collection, you must run the IMP: Create Invoice
Organization Transaction Types process before you can successfully run the Interface Invoices
to Oracle Receivables process. The IMP: Create Invoice Organization Transaction Types
process creates a transaction type for each of the Project Invoice Collection Organizations that
has the following characteristics:
The organization has the Project Invoice Collection Organization classification enabled.
The organization belongs to the Project/Task Owning Organization Hierarchy Branch
assigned to the operating unit.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 22
Quiz

Answers: 3
Additional Information
Organization classifications help control how an organization is used in Oracle Projects
Organization classifications involving financial transactions (such as expenditure/event
organizations and project invoice collection organizations) are always associated with
operating units.

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 23
Organizations and Oracle Projects

Organizations and Oracle Projects
Additional uses of organizations in Oracle Projects include:
Resource Organizations
Resource Organizations are organizations that own resources and/or resource budgets. Only
HR organizations can have employees assigned to them. Any organization in the operating
units business group can own nonlabor resources. Oracle Projects does not have a
classification requirement for an organization to own nonlabor resources.
Resource Operating Unit
For security and forecasting reasons, each resource in Oracle Projects is associated with an
operating unit. This operating unit is initially defaulted from the organization operating unit.
The operating unit of a resource is active for the duration of an assignment. It drives
forecasting based on the transfer price defined for the operating unit if the resource is assigned
on a project under a different operating unit. In other words, the resource is a borrowed
resource.
Oracle Project Resource Management updates the resource operating unit whenever there are
changes to the employees HR assignment or to the default operating unit originally set up for
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 24
the employee. Oracle Projects tracks these changes for recordkeeping purposes and allows
datespecific operating unit defaults for the resource.
Billing Schedule Organizations
Billing Schedule Organizations are organizations that have their own billing schedules. Any
organization in the operating units business group can have its own billing schedules.
Project Burdening Hierarchy Organizations
Burdening uses the Project Burdening Hierarchy Version for both the burden cost code
multiplier setup and burdening. Each business group must designate a single organization
hierarchy as its default project burdening organization hierarchy. This default can be changed
for each burden schedule or each burden schedule version. Use the Additional Information
section for the Business Group organization classification to assign the Project Burdening
Hierarchy to the business group..
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 25
Agenda

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 26
Multiple Organization Installation

Multiple Organization Installation
This slide describes the setting up of multiple organizations. The graphic on the slide depicts
the different levels of a multiple organization installation starting with ledgers, through legal
entities and operating units, to inventory organizations
Operating units are a type of organization classification. You use operating units to partition
data for a subledger application such as Oracle Payables, Oracle Receivables, or Oracle
Projects. When an enterprise utilizes more than one operating unit, it is said to have a multiple
organization installation. If you intend to use multiple organization functionality, you need to
enable multiple organization architecture in your system. This is a decision that requires
planning and discussion involving the entire implementation team.
Types of Organizations
Ledger
- A ledger is a financial reporting entity that shares a particular chart of accounts,
functional currency, and financial accounting calendar. Oracle General Ledger is
partitioned by ledgers.
Business Group
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 27
- A business group is the largest organizational unit you can define to represent your
enterprise. A business group may correspond to a company or corporation, or in large
enterprises, to a holding or parent company or corporation.

Legal Entity
- This is an organization that represents a legal company for which you prepare fiscal
or tax reports. You assign tax identifiers and other relevant information to this entity.
- Each organization classified as a legal entity must specify a ledger to post accounting
transactions. A legal entity can point to one and only one ledger.
- To associate a legal entity with an operating unit, enter the appropriate name of the
legal entity in the Default Legal Context field of the Organizations form in Oracle
Human Resources.
For more information, refer to the R12.1 Enterprise Management Fundamentals: Work
Structures course.
Balancing Entity
- A balancing entity is an entity for which you prepare a balance sheet, represented as a
balancing segment value in the accounting flexfield structure. There can be multiple
balancing entities within the same operating unit structure and each of these must
balance within itself.
Operating Unit
- An operating unit represents an organization that uses any Oracle subledger
application, such as Oracle Projects. Operating units partition subledger data.
- Each organization that you classify as an operating unit must reference a legal entity.
An operating unit can point to one and only one legal entity.
- The MO: Operating Unit profile option links responsibilities to a specific operating
unit. For each Oracle Projects responsibility, set this profile to the appropriate
operating unit. Each Oracle Projects responsibility can be associated with one and
only one operating unit.
Inventory Organization
- An inventory organization represents an organization for which you track inventory
transactions and balances, and manufacture or distribute products. Inventory
organization partition data in manufacturing applications.
- Through standard functionality, any operating unit having the same ledger as the
attached operating unit can reference it. Items are defined in the master inventory
organization (master parts list) and added to the appropriate child inventory
organizations. Any inventory transactions are then secured by operating unit.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 28
Multiple Organization Installation

Multiple Organization Installation (continued)
This slide continues to describe the setting up of multiple organizations. The graphic on the
slide depicts the differences in operating unit specific setup and the setup shared across
operating units for a sample multiple organization installation of a business group.
Examples of how a multiple organization installation affects Oracle Projects are:
A single operating unit (the project operating unit) owns each project and project template.
Project numbers and project template numbers are unique across all operating units in a
single installation.
Customers are shared across operating units, while customer sites are associated with a
specific operating unit.
Individual operating units own customer agreements.
You can charge, transfer, or allocate expenditures to any project as long as the expenditure
operating unit and project operating unit is eligible for crosscharging.
Costs are entered and processed in the same expenditure operating unit.
You can view the Expenditure Items window in either project or crossproject mode:
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 29
- In project mode, the window displays expenditures for a project in the project
operating unit.
- In crossproject mode, the window displays expenditures incurred in the expenditure
operating unit.
The project operating unit processes revenue and invoices against transactions from any
expenditure operating unit.
Each asset is capitalized from a single capital project to an Oracle Assets corporate book
that is associated with the project operating units ledger.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 30
Multiple Organization Access Control

Multiple Organization Access Control
This slide describes accessing multiple organizations without changing responsibility. The
graphic on the slide depicts how you can work in both Vision Services and in Vision Project
Manufacturing using the Projects, Vision Services (USA) responsibility.
The multiple organization access control (MOAC) feature enables users to enter and process
transactions in two or more operating units without switching responsibilities.
For additional information, refer to the lesson titled Project and Organization Security.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 31
Single Business Group Access

Single Business Group Access
This slide describes how you can set up multiple organizations under a single business group
for easier management and reporting. The graphic on the slide depicts sample US and UK
business groups each with their own legal entities and operating units.
Within each business group you define the organizations in which employees work, such as
divisions, branches, departments, or sections. Many enterprises choose to use a single business
group so that they can manage and report information from all parts of the enterprise at the
same time. However, some companies have operations that must have a unique business group.
This enables them to deal with human resources legislative requirements and to define unique
organization structures, jobs, benefits, and compensation policies for each business group. If
you want to set up multiple business groups, you must first define a top organization that will
encompass all business groups.
When you create your business group model, you can establish one business group for your
entire enterprise or set up multiple business groups. If you set up more than one business
group, the associated data, such as organizations and employees, is partitioned accordingly.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 32
Cross Business Group Access

Cross Business Group Access
This slide describes how you can set up multiple business groups under a single enterprise for
more efficient sharing of resources and information. The graphic on the slide depicts how you
can set up different business groups under a single sample enterprise to share business group
data and resources across operating units in Dallas, Denver, New York, and London.
The Cross Business Group Access (CBGA) option provides the flexibility to use your
employee resources throughout your enterprise across business groups. People, projects, jobs,
and organizations can be located in different business groups for different countries and all
information can be shared throughout the enterprise. With CBGA, Oracle Projects allows the
visibility of all business groups to one another. For example, you can search staff resources on
projects across business groups and charge any eligible project across the enterprise for a
resource.
HR: Cross Business Group Profile Option
Use the HR: Cross Business Group profile option to enable Cross Business Group Access.
Values for the profile option are:
Yes (Cross Business Group Access)
In this mode:
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 33
- Organization hierarchies can contain organizations from any business group.
- Jobs used for bill rate calculations, invoice formats, and resource lists can be in any
job group, without business group restrictions.
- Employees can charge to any project in any business group within your enterprise.
Cannot be changed back to No at later date.
No (Single Business Group Access)
In this mode:
- Organization hierarchies are business group specific and can contain only
organizations within the business group.
- Jobs used for bill rate calculations, invoice formats, and resource lists are limited to
jobs in job groups within the business group.
- Employees can cross charge only to projects within their business group.
Can be changed to Yes.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 34
Quiz

Answers: 1
Additional Information
When enterprise locations are in different countries, cross business group access enables
the company to deal with human resources legislative requirements and to define unique
organization structures, jobs, benefits, and compensation policies for each business group
while sharing resources across business groups.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 35
Agenda

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 36
Assigning Organization Hierarchies

Assigning Organization Hierarchies
This slide describes the setting up of individual organization hierarchies by reporting and
processing needs. The graphic on the slide depicts how you can set up separate project/task
owning, expenditure/event owning, reporting, and burdening organization hierarchies in Oracle
Projects.
Organization hierarchies show reporting lines and other hierarchical relationships between
organizations in your enterprise. You can create as many organization hierarchies as you need
for different reporting and processing needs. Oracle Projects uses the hierarchy version to
determine which organizations are used for reporting and processing. You specify a start
organization to indicate which branch of your organization hierarchy you want Oracle Projects
to recognize as the top of your hierarchy for a particular purpose. If you want to use your entire
organization hierarchy, your top organization is the start organization.
Global Hierarchies
An organization hierarchy illustrates the relationships between your organizations. If you have
enabled Cross Business Group Access, you can define global organization hierarchies that
contain organizations from any business group. A global hierarchy can contain organizations
from any Business Group on your database. By associating a global organization hierarchy
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 37
with a global security profile you can create a security hierarchy that gives users access to
organizations across Business Groups.
To define a global organization hierarchy you use the Global Organization Hierarchy window.
Global hierarchies can span multiple business groups in a Cross Business Group Access
environment.
Oracle Projects and Organization Hierarchies
The following organization hierarchy versions are assigned in Oracle Projects:
A Project/Task Owning Organization Hierarchy Version is assigned to each operating
unit.
An Expenditure/Event Owning Organization Hierarchy Version is assigned to each
operating unit.
A Default Reporting Organization Hierarchy Version is assigned to each operating unit.
This hierarchy version can be overridden at reporting time.
A Project Burdening Hierarchy Version is assigned to each business group. This hierarchy
defaults to each burden schedule you define.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 38
Quiz

Answers: 1
Additional Information
An organization hierarchy illustrates the relationships between your organizations. If you
have enabled Cross Business Group Access, you can define global organization
hierarchies that contain organizations from any business group.
You can have the following organization hierarchies in Oracle Projects.
- Project/Task Owning Organization Hierarchy
- Expenditure/Event Owning Organization Hierarchy
- Default Reporting Organization Hierarchy
- Project Burdening Organization Hierarchy
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 39
Summary

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Organizations
Chapter 4 - Page 40

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 1
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 2

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 3
Periods and Calendars

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 4
Objectives

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 5
Agenda

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 6
Overview of Periods

Overview of Periods
This slide describes accounting periods and transaction accounting methods in Oracle Projects.
The graphic on the slide compares the duration of project accounting periods with sample
Oracle General Ledger periods.
Project Accounting Periods
Project accounting periods are implementationdefined period against which project
performance may be measured. Project accounting periods are also referred to as PA periods.
Assign a start date, end date, and closing status to each period to define PA periods.
PA Periods and GL Periods
If you want to report project information more frequently than your Oracle General Ledger
accounting periods (GL periods) allow, you can define PA periods that are shorter than your
GL periods. For example, you can define weekly PA periods and monthly GL periods. You can
also create PA periods that match existing GL periods. However, defining PA periods that
overlap your GL periods can create the need for numerous adjustments and journal entries if
you wish to reconcile Oracle Projects with Oracle General Ledger.
Transaction Accounting Methods
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 7
To give you greater control over when your transactions are accounted, use the profile option
PA: Enable Enhanced Period Processing. When enabled, this profile option provides new
accounting date derivation logic. Options for transaction accounting methods include:

Period-End Date Accounting
- With period end date accounting, you maintain PA periods in Oracle Projects and GL
periods in Oracle General Ledger. Oracle Projects derives the PA date for a
transaction from the expenditure item date and sets the PA date to the PA period
ending date. The period must be in either Open or Future status. Next, Oracle Projects
derives GL dates from PA dates and sets the accounting date to the end date of the
corresponding GL accounting period.
- Set the profile option PA: Enable Enhanced Period Processing to No for Period-End
Date Accounting.
Expenditure Item Date Accounting
- With expenditure item date accounting, you maintain both PA periods and GL period
statuses for project transactions in Oracle Projects. Oracle Projects derives PA dates
and GL dates independently, and does not set the accounting dates to the end date of
the corresponding accounting period.
- Set the profile option PA: Enable Enhanced Period Processing to Yes for Expenditure
Item Date Accounting.
For additional discussion regarding transaction processing, see the course titled R12.x Project
Costing Fundamentals.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 8
Use of Periods

Use of Periods
This slide describes how each project module uses PA periods. The graphic on the slide depicts
sample budgets by PA period used by Oracle Project Management and sample expenditure
item amounts in a PA period used by Oracle Project Costing.
Project accounting periods are used throughout the Oracle Projects Suite. For example:
In Oracle Project Costing, each expenditure item is assigned a PA period for reporting and
accounting purposes.
In Oracle Project Billing, each revenue distribution line and each invoice is assigned a PA
period for reporting and accounting purposes.
In Oracle Project Management, you can create budgets and forecasts with the amounts
broken down by PA periods.
In Oracle Project Resource Management, you can generate project financial forecasts by
PA periods based on staffing plans.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 9
Quiz

Answers: 4
Additional Information
In Oracle Project Costing, each expenditure item is assigned a PA period for reporting and
accounting purposes.
In Oracle Project Billing, each revenue distribution line and each invoice is assigned a PA
period for reporting and accounting purposes.
In Oracle Project Management, you can create budgets and forecasts with the amounts
broken down by PA periods.
In Oracle Project Resource Management, you can generate project financial forecasts by
PA periods based on staffing plans.

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 10
Overview of Calendars

Overview of Calendars
This slide describes the calendars used in Oracle Projects to schedule resources, projects,
requirements, and assignments. The graphic on the slide depicts how you assign calendars to a
project and a resource.
Every resource, requirement, and assignment has a schedule. The schedules are comprised of
work patterns that include working hours and exceptions, such as vacation days. Each schedule
is based on the calendar for the organization or on an individually assigned calendar. You can
associate a calendar with a project, to specify the projects primary work pattern for open and
staffed assignments. Calendars are also used in workplans to determine the duration of tasks.
If you are using Oracle Project Management or Oracle Project Resource Management, you
must define at least one calendar. You can set up an unlimited number of calendars to meet
your various scheduling challenges. For example, certain people may work specific days of the
week and different countries have different holidays. You can create a calendar for each unique
work pattern arrangement.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 11
Use of Calendars

Use of Calendars
This slide describes how calendars help you determine resource availability for scheduling and
collect project progress. The graphic on the slide depicts how you use a calendar to match
resource availability to project requirements.
You must create a calendar to establish the schedule work patterns of your resources. Work
patterns determine the schedule of resource capacity or assignment work required. Calendars
are the basis of all schedules for resources, requirements, and assignments. When a resource is
assigned to a calendar, that calendar represents the capacity of the resource. Assignments using
these calendars provide information such as the scheduled hours per day for the assignment.
This information is used to determine the availability of the resource.
Calendars are also used in Oracle Project Management. When you calculate percent complete
progress for a project or summary task, there might be tasks that should have more influence
over the total progress value than others. Tasks may receive greater weighting if they take
longer to complete or are more laborintensive. You can use task weighting values to give
these tasks more "weight" than other tasks. How task weighting values are applied to tasks
depends on how you set up the task progress weighting calculation basis. When you use
duration as the method to calculate progress, the system uses the project calendar to calculate
the duration of the subtasks and to compare the duration to the overall duration of their
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 12
common summary task. It uses this duration information to calculate task weighting
percentages for the subtasks.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 13
Quiz

Answers: 1
Additional Information
You use a calendar to match resource availability to project requirements.

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 14
Agenda

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 15
Defining PA Periods

Defining PA Periods
This slide describes how you set up project accounting periods. The graphic on the slide
depicts sample project accounting periods.
Use the Maintain PA period Statuses window to define PA periods. Choose Copy from GL
to copy a set of PA periods from an Oracle General Ledger Calendar. The calendar name and
PA period type you selected on the System Tab of the Implementation Options window
determine what periods are copied.
You assign effective dates to each PA period. The effective dates signal the beginning and end
of the PA period. After a transaction is posted to a PA period, the Accounting Calendar
window will not allow changes to the period date range. Project Accounting Periods are
defined separately for each operating unit.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 16
PA Period Statuses

PA Period Statuses
At least one PA period must be specified as Open or Future in order for Oracle Projects to
process transactions. If you plan to use periodphased budgeting and forecasting, you must
define the future PA and GL periods in which you want to budget or forecast.
Never Opened: These are periods that are in the future and in which you do not want to
allow entry.
Future: When Future status is specified, you can post transactions to Oracle Projects and
interface them to Oracle General Ledger.
Open: When Open status is specified, you can post transactions to Oracle Projects and
interface them to Oracle General Ledger.
Pending Close: You can set a period to this status without checking for unprocessed
items.
Closed: You cannot close a period if unprocessed items exist. A closed period can be
reopened.
Permanently Closed: Once a period is permanently closed, you cannot reopen it.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 17
Setting the PA Reporting Period

Setting the PA Reporting Period
This slide describes how you must update project summary amounts if you set a new reporting
period to see your changes in the Project Status Inquiry window. The graphic on the slide
depicts how setting a new reporting period changes the periods used for reporting in Project
Status Inquiry.
You must specify a current PA Reporting Period for Oracle Projects to summarize project
amounts and to track project status. Project summary amounts are used in project performance
reporting. To set the PA Reporting Period:
1. Choose the Set Reporting Period button.
2. In the Next field, enter or select the PA period you want to set as the new current PA
reporting period.
3. Select the OK button.
4. Run the concurrent PRC: Update Project Summary Amounts to view the new reporting
period in Project Status Inquiry (PSI).
When you attempt to set the PA Reporting Period to a period earlier than the current PA
Reporting Period, the system checks to see if any projects have been accumulated in a PA
period later than the new PA Reporting Period. If this is the case, a message is displayed
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 18
indicating that if you change the PA Reporting Period, you must run the PRC: Refresh Project
Summary Amounts process. You have the option to cancel or proceed with the change.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 19
PA Periods in a Multi-Organization Environment

PA Periods in a Multi-Organization Environment
This slide describes the maintenance of PA periods in a multi-organization environment. The
graphic on the slide depicts how the Sales and the Support units of a Canadian business group
can maintain different PA period statuses.
You access the Maintain PA Periods Status window using separate Oracle Projects
responsibilities for each operating unit. Each Oracle Projects responsibility is attached to one
and only one operating unit.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 20
Control of GL Period Statuses for Project Transactions

Control of GL Period Statuses for Project Transactions
This slide describes how you can control the statuses of GL periods in Oracle Projects. The
graphic on the slide depicts how GL period statuses in Oracle Projects can differ from Oracle
those in Oracle General Ledger.
You can control the status of GL periods for project transaction processing in Oracle Projects
without having to close the period in Oracle General Ledger. This enables you to open and
close GL periods for project transactions independent of the closing processes for the other
subledgers. The status of a GL period for project transactions in Oracle Projects can differ from
the same GL period's status in Oracle General Ledger.
To set the status of a GL period for project transactions, navigate to the GL Periods for Projects
window:
1. Query the GL period for which you want to change the status.
2. Enter or select the new status.
Enabling the Maintain Common PA and GL Periods Implementation Option
If your PA periods and GL periods are identical, you can enable the new Maintain Common
PA and GL Periods implementation option. When this option is enabled, the system
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 21
automatically maintains PA period statuses as you maintain the GL period statuses. To use this
method, you must define identical PA periods and GL periods.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 22
Quiz

Answers: 1, 2
Additional Information
If you plan to use periodphased budgeting and forecasting, you must define the future PA
and GL periods in which you want to budget or forecast.

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 23
Agenda

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 24
Implementing Calendars

Implementing Calendars
This slide describes why you need to implement calendars. The graphic on the slide depicts
examples of calendar attributes that you define such as calendar types, calendar exceptions or
holidays, and work shifts
Calendars consist of work patterns and exceptions and are the basis of all schedules. You can
set up an unlimited number of calendars to meet your various scheduling challenges. A
calendar provides the basic information of working days, non-working days, holidays, work
patterns, and number of hours. For example, you can create a calendar for a work pattern of 40
hours (8*5 or 10*4) and exceptions (company holidays). When a resource is assigned to a
specific calendar, that calendar represents the capacity of the resource, its availability, and
whether the resource is over committed. Assignments using these calendars provide
information such as the scheduled days for the assignment and determine the availability of the
resource.
In order to create a complete calendar, you must first define the following calendar attributes:
Calendar Types
Calendar Exceptions
Shifts
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 25
Defining Calendar Types
Calendar types enable you to classify your calendars.
For example, you may have a calendar type of Part Time which you can assign to all
calendars that are defined with part time shifts.
Defining Calendar Exceptions
Exceptions define holidays and are considered non-working days. To define calendar
exceptions, navigate to the Exceptions window. You must create calendar exceptions for public
holidays and general holidays for every year that they occur.
For example, if New Years Day falls on a Sunday, your company may give the following
Monday off. The date of the holiday will then be January 2 and not January 1. For all other
types of exceptions for a resource schedule, like vacation or time off, you will create
administrative assignments for the resource.
Defining Shifts
Shifts define the daily work hours in a week and are defined for a given range of dates. The
effective dates of the shift or shift pattern override any other preset effective dates on a
requirement or assignment schedule. To define shifts, navigate to the Define Shifts window.
Only the total hours for each day are considered for Oracle Project Resource Management. The
specific time values do not have any effect. For example, if the work shift is for 8 hours, the
shift can be from 9 to 5 or from 8 to 4 or even from 7 to 3. A day with zero hours specified in
the shift is considered a non-working day.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 26
Defining Calendars

Defining Calendars
This slide describes how you implement calendars. The graphic on the slide depicts how you
first define a calendar using the Calendar window and then assign shifts and exceptions to this
calendar using the Assign Shifts/Exceptions window.
To define a calendar, navigate to the Calendar window.
Enter the calendar name.
Select a calendar type from the list of values
Enter the effective dates for the calendar.
Assigning Shifts and Exceptions to Calendar
After you define header schedule information, you must assign shifts to define the work
pattern. You must also assign exceptions if there are non-work days in the assigned shifts.
To assign shifts and exceptions to calendars, navigate to the Assign Shifts/Exceptions window.
Use the Shifts Tab to assign Shifts to the calendar. Use the Exceptions Tab to assign
Exceptions to the calendar.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 27
Calendar Profile Options

Calendar Profile Options
PA: Default Calendar
Indicates the default calendar for project templates, project assignments, and resources in
the Oracle Project Resource Management application.
You can select any defined calendar
Set this profile option at the site level.
PA: Global Week Start Day
This profile option specifies the weekday that is recognized as the beginning of the week.
You can select any day of the week as the value for this profile option.
Do not change this profile option after you have generated utilization. Also, do not change
this profile option after you have run PRC: Maintain Project Resources, or created
requirements and assignments.
Set this profile option at the site level.
PA: Availability/Overcommitment Calculation Period
Determines whether the available hours for each resource are calculated on a daily or
weekly basis.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 28
Available values are DAILY or WEEKLY.
The default value is WEEKLY.
This profile option is required for the use of Oracle Project Resource Management.
Set this profile option at the site level.
PA: Percentage of Resource Capacity
Specifies the minimum threshold of availability.
The default value is 100.
This profile option is required for the use of Oracle Project Resource Management.
Set this profile option at the site level.
PA: Availability Duration
Specifies how many years forward to calculate availability and overcommitment.
Availability and overcommitment are created from todays date through to the end of the
specified time period.
The default value is 2.
This profile option is required for the use of Oracle Project Resource Management.
Set this profile option at the site level.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 29
Default Calendars for Organizations

Default Calendars for Organizations
This slide describes the assignment of default calendars. The graphic on the slide depicts how
you can assign a default calendar for resources and projects at the site level and override this at
the project expenditure organization level.
You can define default calendars at two levels:
Site
You define the site level default calendar when you set the profile option PA: Default
Calendar.
Project expenditure organization
The calendar assignment at the project expenditure organization level is the default calendar
for all resources and projects in the organization. This calendar overrides the calendar assigned
at the site level. To define a default calendar for an expenditure organization:
Navigate to the Find Organization window: (N) Setup > Resources and Organizations >
HR Foundation > Work Structures > Organization > Description
Query the organization.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 30
Assign or select (if previously assigned) the Project Expenditure/Event Organization
classification.
Select the Others button.
Enter the default calendar in the Additional Organization Information window.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 31
Generating Calendar Schedules

Generating Calendar Schedules
This slide describes the creation and maintenance of calendar schedules. The graphic on the
slide depicts how you generate calendar schedules every time you create a new calendar,
modify shift patterns, or modify calendar exceptions.
As you create calendars, you must run a concurrent process before the calendars can be
assigned to resources. Changes to the default calendar appear on the schedules and timelines of
the resources, requirements, and assignments only after you have run the process. Existing
assignments on resource calendars are not impacted; therefore changes will not override any
schedule exceptions that you have made on old assignments.
You can run either PRC: Generate Calendar Schedules for a Single Calendar or PRC: Generate
Calendar Schedules for a Range of Calendars each time one of the following events occur:
A new calendar is created.
A shift pattern for an existing calendar has changed, such as different working days.
New calendar exceptions have been applied to an existing calendar, such as the addition or
deletion of a public holiday.
To synchronize the timeline and schedule tables, you must run either PRC: Rebuild Resource
Timeline for a Single Resource or PRC: Rebuild Resource Timeline for a Range of Resources
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 32
to reflect the new calendar in the schedules of the resources, requirements, and assignments.
Timeline data is transformed schedule data in graphical format that is stored in separate tables.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 33
Summary

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Periods and Calendars
Chapter 5 - Page 34

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Implementation Options
Chapter 6 - Page 1
Implementation Options
Chapter 6
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Implementation Options
Chapter 6 - Page 2

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Implementation Options
Chapter 6 - Page 3
Implementation Options

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Implementation Options
Chapter 6 - Page 4
Objectives

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Implementation Options
Chapter 6 - Page 5
Agenda

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Implementation Options
Chapter 6 - Page 6
Overview of Implementation Options

Overview of Implementation Options
This slide describes generic and feature-specific implementation options that you define for a
project. The graphic on the slide depicts how you can define separate implementation options
for the sales and the support units of a business group.
Implementation Options control how Oracle Projects interfaces data to other Oracle
Applications, as well as other fundamental operating settings. In a multiple-organization
environment, the implementation options are defined for each operating unit. The Oracle
Projects implementation options include the following groups of options:
System
Currency
Project Setup
Staffing
Expenditures/Costing
Billing
Cross Charge
Internal Billing
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Implementation Options
Chapter 6 - Page 7
Agenda

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Implementation Options
Chapter 6 - Page 8
System Implementation Options

System Implementation Options
Ledger
Each ledger has a number of options that indicate the accounting practices you want to
follow for that ledger.
If you are implementing Oracle Projects for a single organization, then you must specify a
ledger in the System Implementation Options to tell Oracle Projects which ledger to use.
If your implementation of Oracle Projects is for multiple organizations, Ledger is a
displayonly field. The Ledger value is derived from the ledger associated with the
operating unit defined in the Define Organization window in Oracle HRMS.
Business Group
The value in this field depends on the value of the HR: Cross Business Group profile option.
If the value of the HR: Cross Business Group profile option is No, the business group field
displays the business group assigned to the users responsibility using the HR: Security
Profile profile option.
If the value of the HR: Cross Business Group profile option is Yes, the business group
field displays the value "All."
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Implementation Options
Chapter 6 - Page 9
Summarization Period Type
Specify a Summarization Period Type, which is used when updating project summary
amounts. You specify whether to maintain the summary periodtodate values (Periodto
Date and Prior Period) by PA Period or GL Period. This setting is used in Project Status
Inquiry (PSI).
Calendar Name
When implementing Oracle Projects, you can select the calendar used to maintain PA Periods.
The default value of this option is the calendar assigned to your ledger. You can change the
calendar setting during implementation setup only. It cannot be changed after you copy your
PA Period from Oracle General Ledger to Oracle Projects.
If your PA Periods and GL Periods are identical and you intend to enable the Maintain
Common PA and GL Periods implementation option, you must define your PA Period in the
calendar assigned to your ledger.
PA Period Type
Specify a Period Type, which is used to copy Project Accounting Periods from the calendar
associated with the ledger. If you copy PA Periods from GL, Oracle Projects copies all of the
periods of this Period Type to set up the PA Periods. In a multiple organization environment,
the PA Period Type is specified for each operating unit.
Maintain Common PA and GL Periods
If your PA Periods and GL Periods are identical, you can enable the Maintain Common PA and
GL Periods implementation option. When this option is enabled, the system automatically
maintains PA period statuses as you maintain the GL Periods for Projects period statuses. The
following conditions must be met:
Your PA Periods and GL Periods must be defined in the same calendar.
The PA Period type defined in the Oracle Projects implementation options must be the
same as the period type defined for the Oracle General Ledger.
Each of your PA Periods and GL Periods must have the same status.
Once you enable the Maintain Common PA and GL Periods implementation option, you
cannot disable it.
Default Asset Book
Optionally, select a default asset book from the list of values. The value that you select for this
field will be the default value for all project assets that you create. You can override the default
value at the asset level.
Default Reporting Organization Hierarchy
You specify a start organization to indicate which branch of your organization hierarchy you
want Oracle Projects to recognize as the top of your hierarchy for reporting purposes.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Implementation Options
Chapter 6 - Page 10
Quiz

Answers: 1, 3


F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Implementation Options
Chapter 6 - Page 11
Currency Implementation Options

Currency Implementation Options
This slide describes implementation options for default exchange rates used in currency
conversion. The graphic on the slide depicts how currency implementation options of exchange
rate and date apply to a project and how the exchange date can either be the PA period ending
date or the expenditure item date of the transaction.
The currency implementation options control the default values for the currency attributes that
are used to calculate currency exchange rates.
Functional Currency
This displayonly field shows the functional currency of your companys ledgers.
Exchange Rate Date Type
Specify a default exchange rate date type for converting foreign currency transactions from the
transaction currency to the functional and project currencies:
PA Period Ending Date
- Oracle Projects uses the PA period ending date for each transaction as the default
exchange rate date when calculating the exchange rate.
Expenditure Item Date
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Implementation Options
Chapter 6 - Page 12
- Oracle Projects uses the transaction date as the default exchange rate date when
calculating the functional and project currency exchange rates.
Exchange Rate Type
Specify a default exchange rate type to be used for conversion of transactions from the
transaction currency to the functional and project currencies. The Exchange Rate Type field is
a mandatory field.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Implementation Options
Chapter 6 - Page 13
Quiz

Answers: 1
Additional Information
The currency attributes used to calculate currency exchange rates are exchange rate type
and the exchange rate date type.


F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Implementation Options
Chapter 6 - Page 14
Project Setup Implementation Options

Project Setup Implementation Options
This slide describes the organization hierarchy and project numbering implementation options.
The graphic on the slide depicts sample projects of the Services-East project-owning
organization.
Project Numbering Method and Type
Specify either automatic or manual numbering:
If you want Oracle Projects to number each project automatically upon creation, then
specify a starting project number. Automatic project numbers are numeric; they do not
contain letters or special characters and are sequentially numbered.
If you want to choose your own project numbers, select the manual project numbering
method. Manual project numbers can be either alphanumeric or numeric.
In a multiple organization installation of Oracle Projects, project numbers (including project
template numbers) are unique across operating units. When automatic project numbering is
used, if a value is entered for next project number, the same number will be shown for all
operating units that also use the automatic project numbering method.
Project/Task Owning Organization Hierarchy
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Implementation Options
Chapter 6 - Page 15
To own projects and/or tasks in the operating unit, an organization must have all of the
following characteristics:
The organization must belong to the project/task organization hierarchy assigned to the
operating unit.
The organization must have the project/task owning organization classification enabled.
The organization must be permitted to use the project type class (indirect, contract, and/or
capital) to create projects. This permission is determined when you define the
organization.
The organization must be active as of the system date.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Implementation Options
Chapter 6 - Page 16
Staffing Implementation Options

Staffing Implementation Options
This slide describes implementation options used in staffing and resource planning. The
graphic on the slide depicts the three main components of staffing implementation; default
candidate score weightings, advertisement rules, and Full Time Equivalent or FTE.
Candidate Score Weightings
Candidate score weightings enable you to define the level of importance of the availability,
competencies, and job level of the resource when matched to a requirement's specifications.
Users define these weighting values at the requirement level. Default values are displayed for a
requirement if they have been defined for the project or project template. Default values for
project template are entered in the implementation options.
Advertisement Rules
An advertisement rule is an automated method for controlling the visibility of a requirement to
resources and managers of an organization. It is a list of actions that are performed when the
condition associated with each action is met. For example, users can define actions to specify
when and which staffing managers and organizations can view the open requirement and who
should be notified if the requirement is not staffed within a specified time.You can enter the
default advertisement rule under the Advertisement Action Set.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Implementation Options
Chapter 6 - Page 17
Full Time Equivalent Hours
The Full Time Equivalent specifies how many hours are equivalent to a day of work, and how
many hours in a week are equivalent to a week of work. Full Time Equivalent is used for
management reporting to convert detailed schedule hours to a higher level of labor units in
days or weeks. It is used in Oracle Project Resource Management for Discoverer reports and in
the Oracle Project Intelligence reporting solution. Different operating units can have a different
definition of a working day. For example, a working day can be 8 hours in one operating unit
and 7 hours in another one.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Implementation Options
Chapter 6 - Page 18
Quiz

Answers: 1
Additional Information
Staffing implementation options include advertisement rules, candidate score weightings,
and full time equivalent hours..
Candidate score weightings help rate availability, competencies, and job level of resources
when matched to a requirement's specifications.
Full Time Equivalent specifies how many hours are equivalent to a day of work, and how
many hours in a week are equivalent to a week of work. Different operating units can have
a different definition of a working day.

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Implementation Options
Chapter 6 - Page 19
Expenditures/Costing Implementation Options

Expenditures/Costing Implementation Options
This slide describes the application of implementation options in calculating and processing
project cost. The graphic on the slide depicts how the implementation options of expenditure
cycle, overtime calculation, and labor and usage costs interface apply to entering, distributing,
and accounting of expenditures.
Expenditure Cycle Start Day
You specify an Expenditure Cycle Start Day to indicate the day your sevenday expenditure
week begins. For example, if you specify Monday as the expenditure cycle start day, the week
ending date on all expenditures, including timecards and expense reports, is the following
Sunday.
Enable Overtime Calculation
Specify whether you want to use the Overtime Calculation program to calculate and charge
overtime hours automatically. You may need to customize the Overtime Calculation program if
your business wants to use automatic overtime calculation.
Import Contingent Worker Timecards with Purchase Order Integration
Enable this option if you want to import contingent worker labor costs from timecards. When
you select this option, contingent workers can select a purchase order during timecard entry.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Implementation Options
Chapter 6 - Page 20
This allows the labor costs to be imported from the timecard, and prevents the interface of
labor costs to Oracle Projects from supplier invoices that are associated with the purchase
order.

Default Supplier Cost Credit Account
When you define a default supplier cost credit account, Oracle Projects credits the specified
account after adjusting supplier cost and expense report expenditure items in Oracle Projects.
Interface Cost to GL
If you want to interface cost to Oracle General Ledger, you must enable the system options for
employee labor, contingent worker labor, and usage costs interface. If you do not enable the
interface cost options, Oracle Projects does not generate cost accounting events for the
respective type of costs. Therefore you cannot create cost accounting in Oracle Subledger
Accounting and transfer the accounting entries to Oracle General Ledger.
Expenditure/Event Organization Hierarchy
To incur expenditures, own events, or be assigned to a resource list, an organization must have
the following characteristics:
The organization must be in the expenditure/event organization hierarchy assigned to the
operating unit.
The organization must have the project expenditure/event organization classification
enabled.
The organization must be active as of the system date.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Implementation Options
Chapter 6 - Page 21
Billing Implementation Options

Billing Implementation Options
This slide describes implementation options used to generate invoices and collect payments.
The graphic on the slide depicts the billing process of sending customer invoices to Oracle
Receivables while accounting for them in Oracle General Ledger via Oracle Subledger
Accounting.
Interface Revenue to GL
If you want to interface revenue to Oracle General Ledger, you need to enable the system
option for revenue interface. When you enable the interface revenue option, Oracle Projects
generates revenue accounting events and creates accounting for the accounting events in
Oracle Subledger Accounting. Oracle Subledger Accounting is an intermediate step in the
revenue accounting flow between Oracle Projects and Oracle General Ledger. Oracle
Subledger Accounting transfers the accounting entries to Oracle General Ledger. If you disable
the check box, Oracle Projects does not generate revenue accounting events and hence you
cannot create accounting and transfer revenue to Oracle General Ledger.
Invoice Numbering Method
You specify whether you want Oracle Projects to number invoices automatically, or whether
you plan to enter invoice numbers manually.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Implementation Options
Chapter 6 - Page 22
Invoice Numbering Type
If you select Manual invoice numbering, you indicate whether you will use alphanumeric
or numeric invoice numbers.
If you select Automatic invoice numbering, Oracle Projects uses numeric numbering. You
will have to specify a starting invoice number. In a multiple organization installation,
invoice numbers are unique within an operating unit, not across operating units (unlike
project numbers). If automatic invoice numbering method is selected, the next invoice
number is operating unitspecific.
Centralized Invoice Processing
By default, the Centralized Invoice Processing check box is enabled. If you want all of the
project invoices for the operating unit to be processed using the Oracle Projects seeded
transaction types in Oracle Receivables, leave the Centralized Invoice Processing check box
enabled. With decentralized invoicing, you allow organizations to process their own invoice
collections.
Invoice Batch Source
You need to specify an invoice batch source in Oracle Projects before you can interface
invoices to Oracle Receivables.
Customer Relationships
Specify a value for the Customer Relationships field. The default value is No. You can change
the option any time, but the change impacts only future customers and invoices.
Yes: You can choose a Bill To and Ship To customer based on the project customer or a
related customer defined in Oracle Receivables.
No: You can choose a Bill to and Ship to customer of the project customer only.
All: You can choose a Bill To and Ship To customer from any customer defined in Oracle
Receivables.
Sales Credit Type
You use the Sales Credit Type to interface sales credit information to Oracle Receivables for
project invoices. Select the Sales Credit Type to specify the type of credit you want to allocate
to salespersons in Oracle Receivables for project invoices. If there is no credit receiver defined
at the project level and Allow Sales Credit is enabled for the Invoice Batch Source, your
project invoices will interface to receivables with the selected Sales Credit Type with the
project manager as the default credit receiver.
Enable Multi Currency Billing
Enable this option to enter agreements, rate schedules, and add billing assignments to the
project type in any currency.
Require Rate and Discount Reason
Enable this option to require a reason for a rate or discount overrides to the bill rate schedules.
Allow Bill Rate Override
Enable this option if you want to be able to override bill rates for all the projects in the
operating unit.
Allow Bill Rate Discount Override
Enable this option if you want to be able to override the bill rate discount for all the projects in
the operating unit.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Implementation Options
Chapter 6 - Page 23
Share Bill Rate Schedules Across Operating Units
Enable this option if you want to share bill rate schedules across operating units.
Allow Funding Across Operating Units
Enable this option if you want to fund projects across operating units from agreements entered
in this operating unit.
Account for Unbilled Retention
To generate a different account for unbilled retention using the defined Unbilled Retention
Account AutoAccounting rules, you must enable this option. The unbilled retention is an asset
account, separate from the unbilled receivable account, and tracks the total amount of withheld
retention that has not been billed. If this feature is not enabled, Oracle Projects uses the
Unbilled Receivable Account AutoAccounting rules when interfacing project invoices and
retention invoices to Oracle Receivables.
Funding Revaluation Includes Gains and Losses
Enable this option if you want the funding revaluation process to include gains and losses. If
you do not enable this functionality, the revaluation process includes only the backlog amount
for revaluation.
Require Credit Memo Reason
Enable this option to require a user to select a credit memo reason when releasing canceled
invoices, writeoffs, and credit memos.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Implementation Options
Chapter 6 - Page 24
Cross Charge Implementation Options

Cross Charge Implementation Options
This slide describes implementation options that you define for cross-charge
processing. The graphic on the slide depicts how you select processing options for
cross charges between organizations within an operating unit and those between
organizations in different operating units of the same legal entity.
A cross charge is the act of entering a transaction where the expenditure organization and the
task owning organization are different. Use this window to define cross charge implementation
options.
Transfer Price Currency Conversion Exchange Rate Date Type
Choose Expenditure Item Date or Period Ending Date (PA Period).
Transfer Price Currency Conversion Exchange Rate Type
Specify the rate type that the system will use as the default for transfer price conversions.
Cross Charges within Operating Unit
Select a method for processing cross charges within the operating unit:
None: No processing.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Implementation Options
Chapter 6 - Page 25
Borrowed and Lent: The system creates borrowed and lent accounting entries only. The
system does not generate invoices for transactions processed by borrowed and lent
accounting.
Allow Cross Charges to All Operating Units Within Legal Entity
To allow cross charges to all operating units within a legal entity:
1. Select the Allow Cross Charges to all Operating Units within Legal Entity check box.
2. Choose a default processing method for cross charge transactions:
None: No processing.
Borrowed and Lent: The system creates borrowed and lent accounting entries only.
Oracle Projects uses the organization defined at Default Legal Context (in the Operating Unit
window in Oracle Human Resources) of the operating unit as the legal entity for cross charge
processing.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Implementation Options
Chapter 6 - Page 26
Internal Billing Implementation Options

Internal Billing Implementation Options
This slide describes the implementation of internal suppliers and customers for interproject and
intercompany billing. The graphic on the slide depicts how you configure internal billing
options such that the supplier or provider operating unit A can generate internal invoices for
the work it does for the customer or receiver operating unit B and receive payment for it from
B.
Internal suppliers and internal customers are used for interproject billing and for the cross
charge processing method of intercompany billing. An operating unit may be a provider and/or
a receiver for internal billing.
For each operating unit that uses internal billing, you must set up Internal Billing
implementation options as either a provider or receiver organization, or both.
Provider for Internal Billing
If the current operating unit is a provider organization for internal billing, enable the Provider
for Internal Billing check box.
Supplier Name and Number
Enter the name and number of the supplier associated with the current operating unit.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Implementation Options
Chapter 6 - Page 27
Invoice Numbering
Manual: To specify invoice numbers, select Manual, and then select Alphanumeric or
Numeric numbering.
Automatic: To have the system generate the invoice numbers, select Automatic, and then
enter a starting number to use for internal invoices.
Invoice Batch Source
Select PA Internal Invoices.
Reclassify Costs for Cross Charged Transactions
Cost Accrual Projects: Indicate how you want to reclassify cross charged costs for cost
accrual projects (Raw or Burdened). Select None if you do not want to reclassify raw or
burdened costs.
Non-Cost Accrual Projects: Indicate how you want to reclassify cross charged costs for
noncost accrual projects (Raw or Burdened). Select None if you do not want to
reclassify raw or burdened costs.
Receiver for Internal Billing
If the current operating unit is a receiver organization for internal billing, select the Receiver
for Internal Billing check box and enter the customer name and number to be associated with
the current operating unit.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Implementation Options
Chapter 6 - Page 28
Quiz

Answers: 2
Additional Information
You use internal billing implementation options to set up an organization either as a
provider or a receiver organization, or both.
For a provider organization, you must define an internal supplier. For a receiver
organization, you must define an internal customer.

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Implementation Options
Chapter 6 - Page 29
Agenda

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Implementation Options
Chapter 6 - Page 30
Data Migration Using iSetup

Data Migration Using iSetup
This slide describes how you can use iSetup to migrate your implementation selections from
the current source instance to a new target instance. The graphic depicts how you can use the
iSetup responsibility and Oracle Projects APIs to extract and migrate setup data from a current
instance to a new instance.
Oracle Projects provides APIs that you can use with the iSetup responsibility to migrate
implementation data from a source instance to a new target instance. To migrate, you create a
selection set and an extract.
Selection Set
You create a selection set using the Projects Setup predefined selection set template and use
this selection set to extract implementation data from the named source instance. Oracle
Projects provides filters for extracting and transforming data in the extract..
During the load, if an API is enabled for update, the load process overwrites the existing record
in the target instance with the extracted record. If the API has dependencies and the
corresponding data is not available in the target instance, the API does not create a new record
in the target instance.
Extracts
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Implementation Options
Chapter 6 - Page 31
You can reuse the extracts that you create to load multiple target instances or to produce
reports. These reports can be standard reports for an extract or comparison reports between
extracts. For more information on using iSetup, see the Oracle iSetup User Guide.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Implementation Options
Chapter 6 - Page 32
Summary

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 1
People Resources
Chapter 7
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 2

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 3
People Resources

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 4
Objectives

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 5
Agenda

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 6
Overview of People Resources In Oracle Projects

Overview of People Resources in Oracle Projects
This slide describes the use of resources by each Oracle Projects application. The graphic on
the slide depicts how you assign resources to a project before they can collaborate as team
members, and how you budget costs for these resources, collect actual costs, and bill these
costs.
Oracle Projects provides a centralized resource pool as part of the core foundation in which
employees and contingent workers are identified as resources. Each of the applications in the
Oracle Projects suite utilizes this resource pool differently:
Oracle Project Costing: Collects project-related timecard and expense report costs for
labor resources. You can use transactions controls to specify which resources are allowed
to charge timecard and expense report costs to projects and tasks.
Oracle Project Billing: Generates revenue by billing labor hours on a project
Oracle Project Management: Creates a budget for labor costs to plan and manage the
financial performance of projects throughout the project lifecycle
Oracle Project Collaboration: Allows resources to participate as team members for
communicating progress against assigned tasks by directly accessing the published
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 7
workplan, and assigns actions to fellow team members so that the ownership and steps to
resolution are communicated clearly and consistently
Oracle Project Resource Management: Locates the appropriate resources to staff project
requirements based on competencies and availability. As a resource, you can also search
for requirements that match your particular skills.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 8
People Resources

People Resources
This slide describes the type of people resources you can have on a project. The graphic on the
slide depicts the type of people resources that Oracle Projects supports; employee, contingent
worker, and external team member.
People resources enable you to plan, manage, and control the work and collaboration required
to complete a project. Oracle Projects supports the following types of people resources:
Employees: Persons employed by the deploying enterprise
Contingent Workers: Persons contracted by the deploying enterprise
External Team Members: Person contacts or employees of a customer or a partner
organization.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 9
Quiz

Answers: 1
Additional Information
External team members on a project are person contacts or employees of a customer or a
partner organization.


F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 10
Integration with Oracle Human Resources

Integration with Oracle Human Resources
This slide describes the integration of Oracle Projects with Oracle Human Resources. The
graphic on the slide depicts how an Oracle Projects super user can use the jobs and people
resources defined in Oracle Human Resources.
Oracle Projects uses shared tables and forms from Oracle Human Resources to define and
maintain jobs, and people resources, such as employees and contingent workers. Shared forms
are accessible through the Super User responsibility:
If a business does not use Oracle Human Resources, this data is defined using the shared
Oracle Human Resources forms provided with Oracle Projects. This information is shared
across all applications that need to use it, including Oracle Projects. Oracle Projects does
not own this data.
If Oracle Human Resources is installed, information about employees and contingent
workers MUST be defined using the forms within Oracle Human Resources. Jobs may be
set up using the shared forms.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 11
Agenda

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 12
Jobs

Jobs
This slide describes jobs on a project. The graphic on the slide depicts how you use jobs in
Oracle Projects after they are assigned to employees; to derive billing rates, to calculate invoice
amounts, to create planning resource lists, and to report.
Jobs represent the different roles a person can perform in your enterprise. Jobs are generic roles
within a business group. They are independent of any single organization.
Job Key Flexfield
Before defining jobs, you must first define the Job Key Flexfield. If you have already
implemented Oracle Human Resources, the job flexfield was defined during Oracle Human
Resources implementation. For additional information on defining the key flexfields, see the
"Oracle Applications Flexfields Guide."
Oracle Projects and Jobs
Oracle Projects uses Jobs for:
Billing Rates for Revenue, Invoicing, and Transfer Pricing amounts
Project invoice line definitions
Resource Lists used for Planning
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 13
Resource summarization in Project Performance Reporting
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 14
Job Levels

Job Levels
This slide describes the use of job levels in resource scheduling. The graphic on the slide
depicts how a resource search for a job with a defined minimum and maximum job level uses
the job levels of resources in the resource pool to find matches.
Each job can be associated with one or more job levels. Job levels have the following uses in
Oracle Projects:
Resource Searches: With Oracle Project Resource Management, you can use job levels
as search criteria in resource searches. You can also specify the minimum and maximum
job level on a requirement to identify the ideal level of resource to fill the requirement.
Utilization analysis: You can use job level as a parameter on utilization reports.
Job levels are important in the Oracle Project Resource Management scheduling process.
Staffing managers can update certain key attributes of project requirements across multiple
projects, without having to drill to each requirement individually. The key attributes include
staffing owner, staffing priority, minimum and maximum job level, and work type. In Oracle
Project Foundation, when you add requirements on a project, along with the basic information
such as the role, time period, location, staffing priority, you need to provide the job level range.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 15
Quiz

Answers: 1, 2
Additional Information
Jobs represent the different roles a person can perform in your enterprise. Jobs are generic
roles within a business group. They are independent of any single organization.
You can use job levels as search criteria in resource searches and as a parameter on
utilization reports.


F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 16
Job Groups

Job Groups
This slide describes the use of job groups in Oracle Projects and in Oracle Human Resources.
The graphic on the slide depicts how you can use job groups defined in Oracle Human
Resources to match those that you define for Oracle Projects.
Job groups enable you to group similar jobs for specific purposes in Oracle Human Resources
and in Oracle Projects. You may create additional Jobs and Job Groups for use in Oracle
Projects. The default HR job group is automatically created for your business group. In Oracle
Human Resources, jobs are linked to employees through employee assignments. For some
companies, HR jobs and project jobs are the same. Other companies use a set of jobs for Oracle
Projects that is different from the set that they use for Oracle Human Resources. In general,
Oracle Human Resources jobs are often more granular than project jobs.
For example, an HR job may be defined as Consultant-Level 2, but for project assignments,
you may only want to see Consultant. HR jobs do not always match onetoone with project
job definitions used for billing and transfer pricing.
For further discussion of the use of job groups, see the topic "Job Mapping" later in this lesson.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 17
Defining Jobs

Defining Jobs
This slide describes the steps for defining a job. The graphic on the slide depicts how you must
first define a job group and then define the name of the job, effective job dates, and additional
job information such as category, level, code, and if it can be billed, scheduled, and tracked for
utilization.
To define a new job, you first specify the job group. Next, use the Job Key Flexfield to define
the jobs name and then enter the effective dates. You can use Extra Information Types to
define additional information about the job. While most job information is used in Oracle
Human Resources, some of the information is used explicitly in Oracle Projects. Oracle
Projects expressly uses the Schedulable flag, the Include in Utilization flag, Job Level, and the
Job Code.
Schedulable/Include in Utilization
Specify whether you want this job to be schedulable. If you select Yes, users can schedule
resources with this job on projects (using project assignments). If you include a job in
scheduling (enable the Include in Scheduling check box) you must include it in utilization
(enable the Include in Utilization check box). Using this option, you can specifically
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 18
distinguish those resources for staffing as a subset from those for which you may want to track
actual utilization.
This condition also applies if you change the Schedulable option for the job, the change applies
to the entire reporting duration of the resource. For example, if the job of the resource is
changed to nonschedulable, the resource is no longer displayed in the Scheduled,
Overcommitted, or Available Discoverer reports, even for past periods.
The condition applies to a change in the definition of a job. If the resource is assigned to a
different job that is nonschedulable or nonutilizable, the previous utilization and schedule
history of the resource is retained and reflected in reporting.
Project Job Level
Assign a project job level.
Job Codes
The job code is an alphanumeric code that is primarily used for reports, such as utilization
reports and skills analysis reports, where the job name may be too long to display. If you use
job codes, define the codes so that they will be informative when displayed on reports.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 19
Job Mapping

Job Mapping
This slide describes job mapping across job groups in Oracle Projects and in Oracle Human
Resources. The graphic on the slide depicts how you can use job mapping and master job
groups to limit Projects job groups and for single or cross business group Projects access.
You may not require the same job granularity in Oracle Projects as is used in Oracle Human
Resources. Job mapping enables you to reduce the number of jobs that you have to work with
in Oracle Projects.
For example, the HR job group may have 20 different jobs for administrative assistants,
whereas in Oracle Projects, resources having these 20 jobs would all be treated the same for
defining bill rates and performing resource-level budgeting. Using job mapping, you can map
the 20 administrative assistant jobs to a single job in a new job group defined for use in Oracle
Projects. In Oracle Projects, you can then define rate schedules and resource lists using this
new job group, enabling you to enter information for the one "Project Administrative
Assistant" job, rather than for the 20 individual HR administrative assistant jobs.
Use job mapping logic to map the default job of the role to the master job. The master job
group maps job groups to each other. This enables the mapping of HR jobs to project jobs. The
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 20
Master Job Group is a job group that is used as an intermediate mapping group between other
job groups.
Job Mapping Rules
You map a job to another job in two steps:
- From a Job in job group A to a Master Job
- From a Master Job to a Job in job group B
The mapping is not bi-directional. If you want to map a job in both directions (job group
A to job group B; job group B to job group A), you must create a separate mapping.
From Job to Master Job:
A job can be mapped to only one master job.
Multiple jobs can be mapped to the same master job.
From Master Job to Job:
Master jobs can be mapped to only one job in each group.
Multiple master jobs can be mapped to the same job.
Job Mapping and Cross Business Group Access
In Single Business Group Access mode:
Each business group has its own master job group. If you only have one job group, it is
treated as a master.
Jobs can only be mapped within the same business group.
In Cross Business Group Access mode:
There is one master job group for all business groups.
Jobs can be mapped across business groups.
For additional discussion regarding Cross Business Group Access, see the lesson titled
"Organization Definition."
PA: Project Resource Job Group Profile Option
This profile option specifies the job group that is used for resource searches and determines
resource eligibility for the resource pool. You can use the master job group as the project
resource job group, but be aware that the master job group includes every job. If there are jobs
that you do not want included in job searches, such as accounts payable jobs, administrative
jobs, and human resources jobs that are not related to staffing projects, then you can set up a
separate job group specifically for searching. This job group should have all jobs that you want
included in searches.
If your system is set up for cross business group access, you set this profile option once
for the site.
If you are using single business group access, set this profile option for each business
group.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 21
Quiz

Answers: 2
Additional Information
In Cross Business Group Access mode, there is one master job group for all business
groups. Otherwise, each business group can have its own master job group.
You can map jobs in different job groups only via jobs in a master job group. To map a
job in both directions (job group A to job group B; job group B to job group A), you must
create a separate mapping.


F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 22
Job Mapping Example

Job Mapping Example
This slide describes the purpose of master job groups in job mapping. The graphic on the slide
depicts how you use master job groups to map an HR job group to one or more Project job
groups.
The purpose of having an intermediate Master Job Group is to be able to associate the jobs in
the master job group to other job groups with different names. You are able to associate job
levels to jobs in the Master Job Group that Oracle Project Resource Management can use.
A project that uses Project Job Group 1:
Software Developer is equivalent to HR jobs of Software Engineer or Computer
Programmer.
A Lead Developer is always assigned an HR job of Architect.
Systems Developers can have an HR job of either Systems Engineer or Systems
Programmer.
A project that uses Project Job Group 2:
Program Developers can have an HR job of either Software Engineer or Computer
Programmer.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 23
System Designer is equivalent to HR jobs of Architect, Systems Engineer, and Systems
Programmer.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 24
Agenda

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 25
Competencies

Competencies
This slide describes the competencies associated with resources, roles, requirements, and jobs
on a project. The graphic on the slide depicts sample competencies of a resource, job, project
requirement, or project role and sample proficiency levels of the Computer Skills competency.
Competencies can be defined as any measurable behavior or skill required by a job or position.
A person may demonstrate the skill in the work context.
Your competence structure can reflect skills or measurable behaviors broken down to multiple
levels. A competence can be any of the following:
Piece of knowledge
Skill
Aptitude
Attribute
Proficiency Levels
Competencies must have proficiency levels defined to be recognized in resource requirement
searches. Proficiency levels measure how a competence is exhibited in the work context. You
have two options for determining proficiency:
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 26
Rating Scales
- Choose the ratings scale option and then select an existing rating scale from the list of
values.
- A single rating scale can be used for multiple competencies.
- Define rating scales for use with competencies using the Rating Scales window: (N)
Setup > Resources and Organizations > HR Foundation > Career Management >
Rating Scales.
Levels
- Choose the levels option and then enter the levels information.
- You create proficiency levels separately for each competence you create.
Aliases
Aliases appear in the competence listing for each resource and in Discoverer reports. Aliases
should be descriptive and concise.
Recording Competencies
You can associate competencies with the following:
Resources
Roles
Requirements
Jobs
You can record the competencies of a resource either in Oracle Human Resources using the
Career Management form, or through shared Oracle Human Resources forms.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 27
Quiz

Answers: 3
Additional Information
Competencies can be defined as any measurable behavior or skill required by a job or
position.


F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 28
Agenda

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 29
Defining Employees

Defining Employees
This slide describes the employee information required by Oracle Projects that you can either
enter in Oracle Human Resources or in Oracle Projects. The graphic on the slide depicts the
type of employee information that you must enter in Oracle Projects such as employee name
and number, HR organization, job, supervisor, billing title, and address.
Oracle Projects obtains information for employees from Oracle Human Resources and requires
the following information for defining employees:
Last Name
First Name
Employee number
Start date
Supervisor
Organization (HR Organization)
Job
Billing title
Expense address
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 30
Accessibility Description
This table presents a list of required employee information.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 31
Defining Employee HR Assignments

Defining Employee HR Assignments
This slide describes the assignment that you must create in Oracle Human Resources for the
employee that you defined there. The graphic on the slide depicts the components of an
employee HR assignment; organization, job, position, and supervisor.
Every employee must have a primary active assignment. Assignments are related to the role of
the employee rather than to the job. The primary assignment is the initial starting assignment. It
is the job for which the employee was hired. The actual assignments may change over time.
Employee assignments in Oracle Human Resources describe the position, job, and association
of the person with an organization classified as an HR Organization. Since this organization is
the default expenditure organization for project-related employee timecards, it must be in the
project expenditure organization hierarchy and classified as a Projects Expenditure/Event
Organization. Employee assignments include information about the HR supervisor of the
employee.
Note that the employee's Oracle Human Resources assignment is not the same "assignment" as
the Oracle Projects functionality of creating Resource Assignments.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 32
Creating Employees as Resources

Creating Employees as Resources
This slide describes the copying of HR employee information into Oracle Projects as possible
project resources. The graphic on the slide depicts how you define employees in Oracle Human
Resources and then run the PRC: Maintain Project Resources program in Oracle Projects to
copy HR employee records into Projects.
To copy people from Oracle Human Resources tables to Oracle Projects data tables, you run
the PRC: Maintain Project Resources concurrent program. The program identifies valid people
and projectrelated information in the Oracle Human Resources People definition windows
and defines them as resources for use in Oracle Projects.
You must run this concurrent program during your implementation to acquire your resource
pool. After you run the program the first time, a background workflow process maintains the
resource data. Only resources with an Include in Utilization flag set to Yes are extracted
from Oracle Human Resources tables to Oracle Projects tables. The process exception report
includes two sections that display resources either with a job not mapped to a project resource
job level, or resources with a non-scheduled job.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 33
Contingent Workers

Contingent Workers
This slide describes the capture of contingent worker costs through timecards and expenses.
The graphic on the slide depicts how a contingent worker can enter timecards each week
directly in Oracle Time and Labor and expenses such as vehicle usage and meals directly in
Oracle Internet Expenses or enter these as pre-approved batches in Oracle Projects.
A contingent worker is a non-employee people resource who works for your enterprise, and
whose costs and expenses are borne by your enterprise.
Defining Contingent Workers
Oracle Projects enables you to define contingent workers on projects in the same manner as
employees are defined, based on the information obtained from Oracle Human Resources. You
can define requirements and perform searches for contingent worker candidates. You can also
directly assign contingent workers to projects and tasks.
Processing Contingent Worker Expenses
Contingent workers can enter timecards via preapproved batches or Oracle Time and
Labor
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 34
Note: If your project is Contingent Worker Enabled, the contingent worker can select
from any purchase order associated with contingent worker enabled projects when
entering timecards.
You can optionally allow contingent workers to enter their expenses directly in Oracle
Internet Expenses, or via Microsoft Excel expense entry, and preapproved batches in
Oracle Projects
You can also optionally set up Oracle Projects to calculate contingent worker labor costs
based on the rates defined in the purchase orders created to procure contingent worker
services
Note: For this, you must enable the Import Contingent Worker Timecards with Purchase
Order Integration implementation option.
You can set up the processing of expenses in such a way that the enterprise providing
contingent worker services can invoice you for these expense costs and process the
expense invoices in Oracle Payables
Contingent Worker Labor Costs vs. Employee Costs
To distinguish between contingent worker labor and expense costs from employee costs, you
can define AutoAccounting rules to separately account for contingent worker costs. Just as
with other project costs, you can view the details of contingent worker labor and expense costs
via Expenditure Inquiry, Project Status Inquiry, Project Performance Reporting, and in
Discoverer workbooks.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 35
External Team Members

External Team Members
This slide describes the addition of external project team members from a customer or partner
organization. The graphic on the slide depicts an example of the external team member, John
Smith from Freemont Corporation helping on a project executed for Freemont by Innovations
Ltd. with Freemont tracking his time and cost.
An external team member, who is a contact or employee from a customer or partner
organization, can have an assigned role on a project. This means that the external team member
can be a stakeholder or an interested party. You cannot track time or cost for external team
members.
To add an external team member to a project, you first have to enter the customer or partner
organization on the project. Oracle Projects retrieves external team members from Oracle
Trading Community Architecture (TCA). Oracle TCA is a data model that allows you to
manage complex information about parties, or customers who belong to your commercial
community, including organizations, locations, and the network of hierarchical relationships
among them.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 36
Future-Dated Employees

Future-Dated Employees
This slide describes the creation, assignment, and utilization of prospective employees. The
graphic on the slide depicts how the current date must be the same as the employee start date
before the future-dated employee can become active.
Future-dated employees are employees whose start date is later than the current date. You can:
Staff future-dated employees on projects.
Search for future-dated employees.
Include future-dated employees in utilization reporting.
When you create a future-dated employee, the employee is assigned the default calendar for
his/her organization assignment. This calendar provides the basis of the employee's schedule,
capacity, and availability. You cannot change the calendar for an employee until the employee
becomes active. As a result, future-dated employees are not visible in the Calendar Assign
Resources window until their respective start dates are current.
Using Future-Dated Employees
Project Setup
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 37
- You can define future-dated employees as team members. You can define the related
setup for those future-dated employees, including, rate overrides and transaction
controls. However, the start dates of such definitions must be on or after the start date
of the employee.
Agreements
- The agreement administrator can be a future-dated employee.
Costing and Billing
- You can enter actual project transactions for future-dated employees only after they
become active employees. In a future-dated expenditure batch, you can enter
employees who will be active as of the transaction dates.
Utilization
- You can view scheduled resource and organization utilization for a future-dated
employee for the periods in which the employee will be active.
Authority and Access
- You can assign responsibilities or grant organization authority to a future-dated
employee only after the employees start date.
Budgeting
- You can enter budget amounts for a future-dated employee only in the periods in
which the employee is active.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 38
Quiz

Answers: 1
Additional Information
- You can define the related setup for future-dated employees, including, rate overrides
and transaction controls if the start dates of such definitions are on or after the start
date of the employee.

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 39
Summary

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
People Resources
Chapter 7 - Page 40

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 1
Roles
Chapter 8
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 2

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 3
Roles

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 4
Objectives

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 5
Agenda

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 6
Project Roles

Project Roles
This slide describes the use of roles on a project. The graphic on the slide depicts sample
project roles such as project manager, consultant, accountant, and engineer which you create as
requirements on a project, associate with a project team member, and use to ensure security.
You use project roles to define the relationship of resources, who have been defined as project
team members, to projects. You assign a project role to each team member who is added to a
project. These role assignments are used to define project rolebased security. A project role
provides a description of the user's relationship to a project and grants view and update access
to project information. You can define project roles in your system as required. For additional
information regarding role-based security, see the lesson titled Project and Organization
Security.
Project roles are used for creating project requirements. If you are using Oracle Project
Resource Management, enter defaults for competencies and job information for each project
role. The competencies on a project requirement are defaulted from the role. Competencies and
job levels are used for requirements searches. This information is used to search for resources
who are qualified to fill an open requirement on a project.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 7
Role Lists

Role Lists
This slide describes the grouping of roles into role lists that you associate with a project. The
graphic on the slide depicts a sample consulting role list with project manager, engineer, and
project assistant roles that you can associate with team members after you associate the role list
with the project.
Role lists categorize your roles into logical groupings. Different roles can be assigned to one
role list. When assigning roles to team members, only the roles in the role list associated with
the project are shown. If no role list is associated with the project, all roles are shown.
Role lists are assigned to a project type and then default to projects from there.
For example, you may have a role list called Consulting to which all roles relating to
consulting are assigned.
You cannot delete a role list once it has been associated with a project.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 8
Quiz

Answers: 1, 2
Additional Information
Only resources associated with a role enabled for scheduling can be assigned to
a project by the staffing manager.
Only a team member associated with a role enabled for access to view labor costs
can view details for raw and burdened labor costs.


F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 9
Defining Roles

Defining Roles
This slide describes roles; their definition, limitations, and privileges. The graphic on the slide
depicts the elements involved in defining a role such as a secure menu, scheduling and access
controls, associated role lists and project statuses, default job groups, job levels, and
competencies, and attribute access.
Define new roles using the Roles window. Use the IMP: Project Roles report to review project
roles. For each role, define the following information:
Role Header Information
Name and Description
Enforce role-based security
- Enable this check box to enforce role-based security for team members associated
with the role. Assign a menu to the role to create a secured role.
- Rolebased security enables you to control user access based on the users current
role on a project. Every project member is assigned a role. The security granted to a
role is in effect for the duration of the role on the project. A user can have different
roles on different project teams, and these roles can give the user different amounts of
security access. With rolebased security, you assign menus to roles, and menus are
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 10
in turn comprised of security functions. This security provides more flexibility than
the responsibilitybased security mechanism. For additional discussion regarding
security, see the lesson titled Project and Organization Security.
Menu
- The menu determines the actions that a user with the role can perform on a project. A
role with an assigned menu is considered to be a secured role.
Effective dates
- This is the date range over which the specified role is effective. Only a start date is
required.
Role Controls
Allow labor cost query
- With view labor cost details access, a team member associated with a role enabled for
this control can view details for raw and burdened labor costs.
Allow scheduling
- Enables a staffing manager to schedule resources with this role on project
assignments.
- Scheduled team members are those people for whom you want to track the hours,
utilization, and financial impact (costs, revenue, and margin).
- The nonscheduled team members on a project comprise the extended team. These
team members are distinguished from the scheduled team members because their time
is not specifically tracked. For example, you may have extended team members that
support the administrative aspects of the project and perform tasks such as reviewing
candidates and providing backup support.
Allow as contract member
- This control enables the role for use in Oracle Project Contracts. When this control is
selected, the Access Rules tab becomes available; enabling you to set attributes for
role-based security in Oracle Project Contracts.
Allow as project member
- Assign this control to allow the role to be associated with project team members.
Allow as task member
- This control is not currently enabled.
Role lists
Optionally, associate this role with one or more role lists.
Jobs
Default Job Group
- Enter the default job group for the role.
Default Job Name
- Enter the default job for the role. Calculations for costing, billing, and transfer pricing
use the default job to forecast project resource requirements.
Project Resource Job Group
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 11
- The Project Resource Job Group field is view only. The Project Resource Job Group
is the job group from which you can select the jobs that can be assigned to projects
for staffing.
- If the profile option "HR:Cross Business Group" is set to yes, then you set this job
group using the profile option "PA: Project Resource Job Group". If the "HR:Cross
Business Group" is set to No, then you set this job group for each business group
using the Additional Organization Information window (accessed from the
Organization window for the Business Group organization classification).
Default Minimum Job Level and Default Maximum Job Level
- These job levels represent the minimum and maximum job levels for the role. The job
levels are uses as the default values for requirements. Job levels are used to perform
resource searches.
Competencies
Default Competencies
- These are the default competencies required for the role. These competencies are
defaulted on to project requirements
Project Status
You can optionally control the access to a project by a user associated with this role. This
access can be based on the status of the project by associating separate menus for each
project status.
You can choose to control security by either system project status or user project status.
Access Rules
Oracle Project Contracts only recognizes roles with role control Allow as Contract
Member enabled. If you wish to implement attribute level security for Oracle Project
Contracts, you should define the appropriate attribute access rules using the Rules tab in
the Define Roles window. Attribute access rules can be defined for a single object
(Headers, Lines), a group of attributes using attribute groups, or individual attributes.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 12
Assigning Roles

Assigning Roles
Oracle Projects uses effective dates to control team member and team member role
assignments. You can specify an ending effective date to deactivate a team members role. You
can also associate a team member with more than one role on a project. You can reactivate the
team member or redefine the team member with a new role. To do this, reenter the team
member with a beginning effective date that is after the previous ending effective date. You
can have only one project manager at any point in time.
You do not need to define each person who is doing work on the project as a team member.
You only need to add those people who need to maintain and/or view project information.
When you enter a team member (key member), the system provides a default start date based
on the following precedence order. At each precedence level, if there is no value for the date,
the date at the next level is the default date:
1. Project Actual Start Date
2. Project Scheduled Start Date
3. Project Target Start Date
4. System date
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 13
Agenda

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 14
Team Members

Team Members
This slide describes the use of project roles in assigning resources to a project as project team
members. The graphic on the slide depicts how you use the sample project roles of project
manager, consultant, and engineer to associate Donald Gray, Tina Louise Lasher, and Emily
Heather as team members on a project.
You can designate team members at the project level only. Subject to the functions that are
associated with their login responsibility, project team members can view and update all
project information except labor cost details. Team members are sometimes referred to as key
members. Oracle Projects comes seeded with a project manager role. You can have only one
project manager at any point in time.
You use project roles to grant team members view access to project labor cost details. By
default, a project team member can access all project-level information with the exception of
labor cost details. Labor cost security applies only at the most detailed level, where it can be
determined that the entire amount displayed is labor only. By default, if you have query access
to project information, you can view labor costs only where summary amounts are shown.
To permit viewing of labor cost details, you must assign a team member a project role that
expressly allows query of labor cost details. A user with crossproject update access does not
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 15
need to be defined as a team member in order to view or update project information or to view
labor cost details. A user with crossproject view access does not need to be defined as a team
member in order to view projectlevel information.

Nonscheduled Team Members
Nonscheduled team members are people who have a role on a project team but whose time is
not specifically tracked. For example, you may have extended team members that support the
administrative aspects of the project and who perform tasks such as reviewing candidates and
providing backup support.
Scheduled Team Members
Scheduled team members are people who not only have a role on a project team but whose
time is also tracked. You can create team roles for scheduled team members by adding project
requirements to your project. You can then create project assignments for specific people
resources by filling the project requirements. You can also create scheduled team roles by
adding team members on a project directly, selecting a schedulable role.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 16
Team Roles

Team Roles
This slide describes roles on a project that are specific to the team. The graphic on the slide
depicts how you can create a sample team role of Lead Engineer from the project role of
Engineer with the same competencies, job and security information copied over from the
project role to the new team role.
A team role is either a requirement or an assignment on a project or task. You use the project
role as a template for your team roles. When you create a team role, you specify the project
role from which to obtain all the default information. The default information is copied from
the project role to the team role. Thereafter, you can modify the information on the team role as
appropriate for that role on that particular project. Any change you make to the team role is
exclusive and does not affect the definition of the project role.
Creating Team Roles
Oracle Projects provides you two ways of creating team roles for your project:
Adding a requirement
- When you define a requirement for a scheduled resource, you also create and define a
team role based on a project role. You can then create a project assignment for the
requirement once you find a person resource that is appropriate for it. Adding a
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 17
requirement is also the first step in the top-down staffing method, which you use in
conjunction with Oracle Project Management. With top-down staffing, you can create
a set of project roles, and then have the system generate a planning resource.

Creating a team role from a planning resource list
- You can generate team roles based on resource assignments that utilize a planning
resource list. This is part of the bottom-up staffing method, which you can use in
conjunction with Oracle Project Management. With bottom-up staffing, you assign
planning resources to tasks in your project and then generate project team roles for
those resource assignments.
For more information on top-down and bottom-up staffing, refer to the Oracle
Project Management User Guide.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 18
Quiz

Answers: 1
Additional Information
- You can create a team role using the top-down staffing method of first creating a
requirement for a scheduled resource and have the system generate a planning
resource or you can create a team role using the bottom-up staffing method for
planning resources that you assign to tasks.
- A team member can be associated with more than one role on a project.

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 19
Project Requirements

Project Requirements
This slide describes the creation and filling of project requirements. The graphic on the slide
depicts sample project requirements or unfilled work positions on the project of 2 data base
administrators (DBAs) and 2 consultants.
The purpose of requirements is to provide a representation of the resources that are needed to
complete the project.
For example, you have a project to install a product at a customer site. This project may require
two DBAs and two Implementation Consultants skilled in the product to be installed. Without
knowing the specific individuals that will fill these required roles, you can identify information
such as what level of experience is necessary, where the work will be carried out, and
approximately how long each position is required. You define this information for each
requirement to simplify the process of identifying potential resources to fill these roles.
A requirement is an unfilled work position on a project, also known as an open team role
without an assigned resource. Requirements also differ from assignments in that they have
additional attributes such as competencies and job levels. These additional attributes provide
the detail necessary to identify potential candidates to fill the role during resource searches.
Requirement Lifecycle
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 20
The requirement lifecycle begins with the creation of an open requirement on a project. The
project requirement has three system schedule statuses, it can be open, filled, or canceled. A
project requirement status begins as open and can either be filled through a resource search or
directly assigning a resource to fill the requirement.
Adding requirements requires the input of basic information such as the role, time period,
location, staffing priority, and job level range. Most of this information is defaulted from the
selected project. The team role, job level range, and competencies is defaulted from the
selected role.
Filling a requirement involves either directly identifying a known resource, or searching the
resource repository to find suitable resources. When a requirement is filled, an assignment is
created. The assignment identifies the period of time a specific resource will fill a specific role.
If the person assigning the resource to the requirement has authority over the resource, the
assignment is considered a confirmed assignment. Otherwise, the assignment must go through
an approval process, either manual or workflowenabled depending upon your
implementation. These assignments are provisional until confirmed.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 21
Project Requirement Details

Project Requirement Details
This slide describes project requirements details that you can enter and edit. The graphic on the
slide depicts sample requirement components such as basic information, schedule,
advertisements, candidates, competencies, and financial information, that you can enter and
modify using the Requirement Details page.
After you save a requirement, you can enter or modify detailed information such as the
schedule, competencies and forecast information from the Requirement Details page.
Basic Information
Basic requirement information includes information such as the team role, dates, and staffing
priority.
You can also enter the Resource Loan Agreement detail such as whether an extension of the
team role is possible, who owns the expenses of the resource, and the expense limit. This
information is primarily used in cases where a resource is borrowed from a different
organization than the project organization.
Schedule
Schedule details include the start and end dates, the schedule status, and work pattern.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 22
Competencies
The specified role provides default values for the competencies and associated information.
However, you can add, modify, or delete as necessary for the requirement. If a requirement has
assigned competencies, a structure exists in which you can perform competence matching to
find potential candidates for requirements.
The system copies the competencies of the project role to the requirement. You can add,
modify, or delete the default information as needed. Each competence determined to be
mandatory for the requirement must have the required range of proficiency specified in that
skill. This range is used for comparison during a resource search.
Advertisements
The requirement uses the default advertisement rule of the project. If you are using Oracle
Project Resource Management, you can add, update, or delete the advertisement rule actions,
or replace the rule entirely. You also can stop the rule from further processing, and resume
when appropriate.
Candidates
All active candidates for the requirement appear in the order of ranking value, and then score.
You can change the weighting values for the score on the Candidate Score and Search Settings
page. Any change in these weightings is immediately reflected in the score of the current
candidates.
Note: You must use Oracle Project Resource Management to be able to enter and track
competencies and candidate score information.
Financial Information
The hours information, together with the appropriate bill and cost rates, are used to generate
forecast totals for cost, revenue, and margin for this team role. This information is also used for
calculating resource utilization.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 23
Quiz

Answers: 4
Additional Information
You can enter and edit project requirement details of team role, dates, staffing
priority, resource owning organization, expense limit, start and end dates, schedule status,
competencies, candidates and candidate scores, advertisements, hours, and bill rates and
cost rates
You can use the advertisement rule to control the escalation of a requirement. For
example, as the requirement ages, it becomes visible to more people and the staffing
priority is set to Critical.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 24
Advertisement Rule For a Requirement

Advertisement Rule For a Requirement
This slide describes the purpose and relationship of an advertisement rule with its requirement.
The table on the slide describes the conditions and corresponding actions of a sample
advertisement rule.
Advertisement rules control the visibility of a requirement both inside and outside an
organization. An advertisement rule contains actions that direct the channeling and timing of
the requirement advertisement. Each action of the advertisement has a qualifying condition.
Therefore, in order for the action to occur, the associated condition must be met. The
conditions are either the number of days since the advertisement rule was started on the
requirement, the number of days remaining until the start date of the requirement, or a
combination of the two.
Oracle Project Resource Management evaluates the open requirements that have an
advertisement rule with a status of "Started" and performs all of the actions where the
conditions are met. This evaluation process called Perform Action Rules is a concurrent
program that is scheduled by your system administrator.
You can use the advertisement rule to control the escalation of a requirement as the current
system date nears the requirement start date.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 25
For example, as the requirement ages, it becomes visible to more people and the staffing
priority is set to Critical. As more time passes, the staffing owner of the requirement is alerted
that the requirement is still open, and then, finally the advertisement for the requirement is
canceled. When you fill a requirement, the advertisement rule on the requirement stops and
does not perform any outstanding actions.
Each project has a default advertisement rule that is obtained from the project template. You
can change this advertisement rule or accept it as is. Subsequently, this advertisement rule
becomes the rule for every newly created requirement on the project.
You can indicate to either begin the advertisement rule automatically upon the requirement
creation, or activate the rule manually for each requirement. You can pause the advertisement
rule or resume at any time.
For each requirement, you can either use the predefined actions of the default rule or change
the actions to meet your needs. You cannot update performed actions.
Replacing an Advertisement Rule on a Requirement
You can replace an advertisement rule on a requirement at any time. When you replace a
started advertisement rule, Oracle Project Resource Management reverses any actions on that
rule that have been performed. The system also performs any qualified actions of the new
advertisement rule.
For example, you advertise a requirement to a particular division within the organization as a
result of an advertisement rule action, and you replace the rule on the requirement. The system
reverses that action and the requirement is no longer visible in requirement searches performed
within that division. Then, the system evaluates the actions on the new rule and performs those
where the conditions are met.
For more information on creating requirements for projects, creating advertisement rules for
requirements and updating requirements, refer to the course titled R12.x Oracle Project
Resource Management Fundamentals.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 26
Assigning Resources

Assigning Resources
This slide describes the methods of assigning resources to a project. The graphic on the slide
depicts resource assignment options; through candidate searches and nominations for defined
requirements, direct assignment to defined project requirements, or direct assignment to project
tasks.
An assignment is a filled work position on a project associated with a specific resource for a
designated period of time. An assignment can have various statuses as required such as
provisional, confirmed, and canceled.
You can create resource assignments and nominate resources as candidates for requirements.
If you know that you will use a particular resource for a specific team role, you can create the
assignment immediately and bypass the requirement procedure, or you can also nominate a
resource for a requirement.
If you are assigning a resource to a requirement for only a part of the requirement duration, you
can create a new requirement for the remaining time period. Only the unfilled days on the
original requirement are copied to create the new requirement. The details of the new
requirement are defaulted from the original requirement, including the candidates.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 27
After assigning a resource to a requirement, you can also decline other candidates still active
on the requirement. A workflow process notifies the candidates of the change in the candidate
status.

Assignment Lifecycle
The assignment lifecycle begins when an assignment is directly created on a project or when a
resource is assigned to fill an open requirement. An assignment can have various system
statuses as required:
Provisional: A resource is identified for an open requirement but not yet confirmed
Confirmed: A resource is confirmed for this assignment
Cancelled: The assignment no longer exists
Each system status can have multiple user statuses such as Open, Under Review, Sent to
Vendor. An assignment starts with a system status of provisional. Upon approval, the system
status is changed to Confirmed based on your approval workflow setup. Confirmed
assignments appear on the schedules of the assigned resource and the project. This assignment
to the resource reduces the availability of the resource.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 28
Quiz

Answers: 1
Additional Information
- A requirement is an unfilled work position on a project or an open team role without
an assigned resource.
- An assignment is a filled work position on a project associated with a specific
resource for a designated period of time.

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 29
Adding Assignments to Projects

Adding Assignments to Projects
This slide describes the part that selecting a team role plays in defining assignments. The
graphic on the slide depicts an example of how selecting a team role for an assignment
produces default values for resource name, job, job level, location, and calendar; Tina Lasher,
Senior Consultant, job level 24, Canada, and the East Standard calendar.
When you select a team role for the assignment, default values are provided for the assignment
name and job levels. Values for the assignment location and calendar are retrieved from the
associated project. You can change any of these defaults as necessary. After you have entered
all the desired values, the assignment is ready for approval.
Calendar Types for Assignment
The work pattern for the assignment is determined by the calendar type you choose. You can
choose one of the following calendar types for the assignment:
Project Calendar: The default calendar associated with the project.
Resource Calendar: The calendar of the assigned resource. The percentage value
indicates the percentage of the resources time allocated for the assignment.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 30
Administrative Assignments

Administrative Assignments
This slide describes how you can use administrative projects and assignments to free up
resource schedules. The graphic on the slide depicts how you can create assignments such as
vacation, illness, and jury duty for an administrative project.
An administrative assignment represents a nonwork activity and is tracked against an
administrative project. You can use such assignments to block off time on your resource
schedules. Examples of possible administrative assignments are vacation time, internal
training, sick time, and jury duty.
Creating administrative assignments is similar to creating regular assignments on a delivery
project. A difference is that you use an administrative project. Administrative assignments also
require approval.
Administrative assignments are not included in the domain of the delivery team as these
assignments are typically tracked on an indirect or administrative project. Administrative
projects can have project managers who manage these assignments, but having a project
manager is not a requirement.
You may want to track such assignments because they consume the work hours of your
resources, and therefore, affect availability, financial forecasting, and resource utilization.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 31
Effective Dates

Effective Dates
This slide describes the use of effective dates in activating team roles. The graphic on the slide
depicts an example of how you can use an effective start date of 1
st
January, 2010 to reactivate
the lead DBA team role that was active from 1
st
August, 2009 to 31
st
Dec, 2009.
Oracle Projects uses effective dates to control nonscheduled team members and their role
assignments. You can inactivate a nonscheduled team members role at any time by specifying
an ending effective date. You can reactivate the nonscheduled team member or redefine the
nonscheduled team member with a new role by reentering the nonscheduled team member with
a beginning effective date that is after the previous ending effective date.
When you enter a nonscheduled team member, the system provides a default start date based
on the following precedence order. At each precedence level, if there is no value for the date,
the date at the next level is the default date:
Project Actual Start Date
Project Scheduled Start Date
Project Target Start Date
System Date
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 32
Future-Dated Employees as Team Members

Future-Dated Employees as Team Members
This slide describes resource assignments on a project for employees with a future start date.
The graphic on the slide depicts how you can assign a prospective employee as a non-
scheduled team member on a project.
You can enter a future-dated employee as a non-scheduled team member. A future-dated
employee is an employee who is starting employment on a future date. You can also enter
related setup for a future-dated employee, such as rate overrides and transaction controls. The
start dates of those definitions must be on or later than the start date of the employee.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 33
Person Resource Schedules

Person Resource Schedules
This slide describes schedules for resources, requirements, assignments, and roles. The graphic
on the slide depicts a sample person resource schedule in list format that displays the
availability of named resources from Monday through to Saturday.
A schedule refers to working hours defined by the calendar and calendar exceptions, such as
holidays. Many person resources, requirements, and assignments have schedules and each
schedule is based on the calendar for the organization or an individually assigned resource.
When you make changes to these calendars impacting schedules of the person resources,
Oracle Project Resource Management provides some administrative processes to help manage
these changes and to maintain consistent schedule information throughout the application.
For more information, refer to the R12.x Oracle Project Resource Management Fundamentals
course.
Viewing Person Resource Schedules
You can view person resource schedules in either a list or a timeline format. The list format
provides a list of person resources for which you have authority to view. It also shows the
duration for which resources are currently or next available.
The schedule status represents the commitment of the days on the schedule. For example:
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 34
Provisional This means that the days have potential commitment, but are still
considered available for other assignments.
Confirmed This means that the days are committed to the assignment and are not
considered available for other assignments.
Maintaining Person Resource Schedules
You can update the team role schedules of one or more person resources, whether requirements
or assignments, using the following options:
Duration If you are extending a role, you are prompted to specify the status for the
extended number of days. As a result, a role can have multiple statuses over its lifespan.
The original duration of the role retains the original status while the extended duration of
the role can have a different status.
Status Update the status of a specified duration of the role, either entire team role or
partial duration of the team role.
Calendar You can have only one calendar associated with a role for the complete
duration. You can change the calendar for the role, but consider the effect, if any, on any
duration of the role that has passed.
Work Pattern You can specify the work pattern to take precedence over the calendar
associated with the role for any specified duration of the role.
Hours of days You can update the schedule of the role by specifying the number of
hours per day in terms of absolute values or as a percentage of the associated calendar. If
you select the Include Non-Work exceptions check box, the specified number of hours
overrides any calendar exceptions, such as holidays.
Shift duration Shift the duration of the role forward or backward by a specified number
of days.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 35
Timelines

Timelines
This slide describes schedule timelines. The graphic on the slide depicts a sample timeline bar
graph for any of the schedules of team, single resource, multiple resources, and role.
The timeline provides a visual interpretation of the list format in either one-month or three-
month segments. The bars on the timeline reflect the system statuses for both requirements and
assignments. If you use Oracle Project Resource Management, the resource timelines display
the availability and overcommitment of the resource.
Note: The displayed availability may not be correct if the resource does not have an assigned
calendar for the duration of the requirement, or if the calendar schedules have not been
generated or updated for the period.
Timeline Views
You can view timelines for the following:
Team Schedule Timeline includes all requirements and assignments on the project
display by status. This timeline does not reflect filled requirements, canceled
requirements, and canceled assignments.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 36
(Single) Resource Schedule Timeline includes all assignments across projects
(including administrative assignments) for the resource by status. It also includes
availability and overcommitment time.
(Multiple) Resource Schedule Timeline includes all assignments of the resources for
which you have the authority to view. It also includes the assignment statuses and the
availability of the resources. If a resource has multiple assignments with different statuses
for the same time period, then the color of the bar is determined first by the status, and
then by the number of hours, if both the assignments have the same number of hours. The
order or precedence for the statuses is as follows:
- Overcommitted
- Confirmed Assignment
- Confirmed Administrative Assignment
- Provisional Assignment
- Requirement
Scheduled Role Timeline includes the schedule and status of a particular project role.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 37
Agenda

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 38
Team Templates

Team Templates
This slide describes team templates that you can apply to create project requirements. The
graphic on the slide depicts the roles on sample computer and construction team templates that
you can apply to a project to create predefined sets of requirements. Roles on a computer team
template can be DBA, developer, and business analyst, whereas those on a construction team
template can be operator, engineer, and site supervisor.
A team template is a predefined set of requirements that you can apply to your project. A
benefit of the team template is that you avoid the repetitive creation of the same requirements
on common project teams. With the proper authority, such as Project Super User, you can
create team templates for general use on any project.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 39
Applying Team Templates

Applying Team Templates
This slide describes how to apply team templates. The graphic on the slide depicts how the
effective dates on a team template for the DBA role are used to determine project requirement
dates.
The Effective Dates of a team template indicate the period of time during which a template can
be applied to projects, regardless of the project actual start date. Values in the Calendar and
Work Type fields provide defaults for the requirements on the template. The Role List is the
list of roles that you can select for each requirement on the team template. In addition to
requirements, you can add subteams to the template that also will be created on a project once
the template is applied.
The team template start date and the dates of the template requirements are relative dates used
to determine the time periods of the requirements when the team template is applied to an
actual project. The template start date is compared with the start date of the project and the
dates of the associated requirements shift by a set number of days.
You can apply the team template from the Apply Team Template page accessible through the
Schedule Resource page. Or, if your selected project template has an associated team template,
then it is applied during project creation.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 40
Agenda

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 41
Project Organization Roles

Project Organization Roles
This slide describes project organization roles that you use to enable external organizations
participate on a project. The graphic on the slide depicts an example of how customers and
partners from external transportation, audit, and safety organizations can participate on your
airport construction project via project organization roles.
You can assign project roles to organizations. This enables both external team members and
external organizations to participate and collaborate on your projects.
You can create roles for two types of organizations:
Customer organizations
Partner organizations
Organization roles are used to describe the type of role an organization will play on a project.
Organization roles enable you to:
Add team members from an external organization to a project.
Keep track of all organizations and individual team members with roles on a project.
Track billing accounts on a project by customer organization.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 42
Organization roles enable external organizations to participate and collaborate on your
projects. When you add an external organization to a project, you must select a customer or
partner project role for the organization.
There are two predefined project organization roles: Customer Organization and Partner
Organization. You can create additional organization roles. For example, if you are a real estate
developer, you may want to create partner organization roles to reflect the type of role that the
organization will play on a project, such as Manufacturer, Safety, or General Contractor. When
you add an external organization to a project and the external organization is a partner in a new
venture, you can assign the organization a role on the project that is more descriptive than just
Partner.
Adding External Organizations to Projects
All external organizations are defined as parties in the Trading Community Architecture
(TCA). When you add an external organization to a project, you must select a customer or
partner project role for the organization. If the organization has a customer role on the project,
you can maintain a list of billing accounts from the organization that belong to the project.
Adding Team Members from External Organizations to Projects
You can add both internal and external team members on a project using the Add Team
Members page. You can navigate to this page through either the Team Members page or the
Organization Details page. Adding team members from the Team Members page enables you
to add people from any organization. But adding people from the Organization Details page
enables you to choose only people from the organization for which you are viewing details.
Note: You can only add internal team members to your project as scheduled team members,
and not external team members.
Associating Billing Accounts from Customer Organizations to a Project
You can associate billing accounts from customer organizations with a project. Billing
accounts enable you to track billing information related to the participation of customer
organizations in projects.
Add Billing Accounts page: You use this page to specify a billing account name and
number and enter work and billing site address for the account. You can also define the
relationship of the billing account to the project and its percentage of contribution to the
project.
Billing Account Details page: Through this page, you can view and update the basic
billing account information, define another project to which to bill, and specify the
currency (and currency rate type) of the billing invoice. You can also create and maintain
a list of billing contacts in the Contacts section.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 43
Summary

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Roles
Chapter 8 - Page 44

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 1
Project and Organization
Security
Chapter 9
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 2

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 3
Project and Organization Security

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 4
Objectives

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 5
Agenda

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 6
Project and Organization Security

Project and Organization Security
This slide describes project security mechanisms. The graphic on the slide depicts the Oracle
Projects security mechanisms of responsibility, project role, organization authority, and
multiple organization access.
Oracle Projects uses an integrated set of security mechanisms to control function and data
access within Projects applications. These mechanisms include:
Responsibility-Based Security
Role-Based Security
Organization Authority
Multiple Organization Access Control
Oracle Projects enables you to set up a responsibilitybased enterprise security architecture
that provides all users function security access at the application level that is based on their
responsibility. You can also implement an extended project security mechanism based on
project and organization roles. You can use rolebased security to grant users function security
over project and resource information. Rolebased security also enables you to give users
different amounts of function security access on different projects, based on their project roles.
You can also control the access to a project based on the status of the project. This allows you
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 7
to have more flexibility in securing or allowing what functions your project team members
have throughout the different statuses of your project.
Organization authority enables you to specify security access for users at an organizational
level when their position requires them to oversee all of the projects or resources within one or
more organizations. Organization authority can provide access to all projects, all resources, all
forecasting, or all utilization information for the specified organization. Multiple Organization
Access Control (MOAC) enables you to enter and process transactions in two or more
operating units without switching responsibilities.
Security Check Process
When attempting to perform an action or view data in Oracle Projects, a security check process
is invoked. Using the security mechanisms, this process searches for the appropriate
permissions to allow you to perform the requested action or view the data/information. For an
example of the security check process, see Oracle Project Fundamentals.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 8
Quiz

Answers: 1, 2, 3
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 9
Function Security

Function Security
This slide describes security mechanisms that control project functions that users can perform.
Function security is the building block of Oracle Projects security. All of Oracle Projects
security mechanisms are built upon function security.
Responsibilitybased security, role-based security, and organization security all determine the
sets of functions that are available to users. Function security controls which of those functions
the users can perform.
Detailed information about function security in Oracle Projects can be found in Function
Security, Oracle Projects Implementation Guide. For detailed information about function
security in Oracle applications, see the Oracle Applications System Administrators Guide.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 10
Quiz

Answers: 1
Additional Information
- A menu is a hierarchical arrangement of functions and menus of functions..

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 11
Menus

Menus
This slide describes the use of menus in ensuring project security. The graphic on the slide
depicts the PA_SU_ALLOCATIONS menu that groups the allocation rules and run functions
and the autoallocations submenu of the autoallocation workbench and status functions.
A menu is a hierarchical arrangement of functions and menus of functions. Each responsibility
has a menu assigned to it. You can only assign one menu to a responsibility or role at a time.
The exception to this rule is when you use role-based security by project status. In this case
you create separate function menus for each project status and then assign each of these menus
to an individual role.
With rolebased security in Oracle Projects, you assign menus to roles. A menu defines the list
of functions that are available to a role or responsibility. Menus can use submenus to organize
large groups of functions.
A "full access" responsibility with a menu that includes all the functions in an application is
predefined for each Oracle Applications product. You can define rules to exclude specific
functions or menus of functions to restrict the functionality a responsibility provides. After you
save your changes in this form, a request is submitted to compile the menu data.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 12
For additional information about defining menus, see the Oracle Applications System
Administrator's Guide.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 13
Users

Users
This slide describes application users and the process of creating them. The graphic on the
slide depicts how you enter username, password, password change attempts, user start and end
dates, and assigned responsibilities to define a new application user DGray.
An application user is an authorized user of Oracle Applications and Oracle SelfService
Applications. An application username uniquely identifies each application user.
You allow a new user to signon to Oracle Applications by defining an application user. An
application user has a username and a password. You define an initial password, and then the
first time the applications users signs on, they can change their password. When you define an
application user, you assign to the user one or more responsibilities. If you assign only one
responsibility, the user, after signing on, immediately enters an application. If you assign two
or more responsibilities, the user, after signing on, sees a window or page listing available
responsibilities.
Define new users using the Users window. For additional information about defining users, see
the Oracle Applications System Administrator's Guide.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 14
Agenda

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 15
Responsibilities

Responsibilities
This slide describes the responsibilities that you can assign to an application user. The graphic
on the slide depicts the components of a responsibility which are data group, request security
group, menu, and menu exclusions.
A responsibility is a level of authority in Oracle Applications that lets users access only those
Oracle Applications functions and data appropriate to their involvement in an organization.
When you define an application user, you assign to the user one or more responsibilities. A
responsibility determines which applications functions a user can use, which reports and
concurrent programs the user can run, and which data those reports and concurrent programs
can access. When a user logs in, one of two things occurs:
If the user is assigned only one responsibility, the user immediately enters an application.
If the user is assigned two or more responsibilities, the user sees a window or page listing
available responsibilities that can be assigned to a user.
All Oracle Applications products are installed with predefined responsibilities. You can also
define additional responsibilities as part of your security strategy.
Responsibilities cannot be deleted. To remove a responsibility from use, set the Effective
Dates To field to a past date.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 16
Defining Responsibilities
Specify the following information to define a responsibility:
Data Group (required)
- A Data Group specifies the Oracle Application database accounts to which a
responsibility's forms and concurrent programs connect.
Request Security Group (optional)
- A request group lists the concurrent programs, including requests and request sets that
a responsibility can run. When a request group is assigned to a responsibility, it is
referred to as a request security group. You can define a request group and assign it to
a responsibility to limit the reports available (providing only a subset) to a group of
users. Request groups an include:
-All the reports and concurrent programs owned by an application
-Individual concurrent requests
-Request sets
-Stage functions
Menu (required)
- A menu is a hierarchical arrangement of application functions (forms) that displays in
the Navigate window. Menus can also point to nonform functions (subfunctions)
that do not display in the Navigate window, but that define the range of application
functionality available for a responsibility. Each responsibility is associated with a
menu.
Function and Menu Exclusions (optional)
- Exclusions modify a responsibility's access to the forms and functions specified by a
menu.
For additional information about defining responsibilities, see the Oracle Applications System
Administrator's Guide.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 17
Responsibility-Based Security

Responsibility-Based Security
This slide describes the profile options that you can use to grant cross-project and cross-
resource information access.
Oracle Projects supports three levels of security access for responsibilities that grant cross
project and/or crossresource information access.
Profile Option PA: Cross-Project User - View
No If the profile option is set to No, you will not be able to view projects across
multiple operating units.
Yes - Crossproject users with view all projects access can view all projects across
multiple operating units, whether or not they are defined as a team member or have
organization authority on those projects. You can provide view all projects access by
setting the PA: CrossProject User View profile option to Yes at the site,
responsibility, or user levels. By default the PA: CrossProject User View profile option
value is set to Yes at the site level. You can change the sitelevel value or set values at the
responsibility and user levels to customize the default crossproject view privileges. Users
associated with a cross business group access security profile can view projects across all
business groups in your enterprise.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 18


Profile Option PA: Cross-Project User - Update
No If the profile option is set to No, you will not be able to update all projects across
multiple operating units.
Yes - Crossproject users with update all projects access can update all projects across
multiple operating units, whether or not they are defined as team members or have
organization authority on those projects. Users can only update information on the project
if the project belongs to the same operating unit as the responsibility the user has used to
log in. You can provide update all projects access by setting the PA: Cross-Project User-
Update profile option to Yes at the responsibility level. By default, users with view all
projects and update all projects access can view summary labor cost information.
Profile Option PA: View All Project Resources
No If the profile option is set to No, you will not be able to view all project resources
across multiple operating units.
Yes - Crossproject users with view all project resources access can view all project
resources across multiple operating units, whether or not they are defined as team
members or have organization authority on those projects. You can provide view access
by setting the PA: View All Project Resources profile option to Yes at the
responsibility or user level. Setting this profile to Yes enables users to view all resources
in Oracle Projects and perform resourcerelated functions, as granted by their
responsibilities. The default value for this profile option is Yes for the Project Super User
responsibility. This profile option is generally reserved for super users who need cross
project and cross-organization access.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 19
Oracle Projects Predefined Responsibilities

Oracle Projects Predefined Responsibilities
This slide describes predefined html and non-html Oracle Projects responsibilities. The graphic
on the slide depicts the html projects responsibilities of operations, project, resource, and
staffing managers, project administrator, project super user, and tem member and the non-html
responsibilities of project manager and project costing, billing and implementation super users.
A set of responsibilities is predefined in Oracle Projects. These responsibilities have the
following highlevel default functions:
Operations Manager
The operations manager is responsible for managing the operations of projects within an
organization or a group of organizations.
Performs project reviews
Performs team reviews
Generates and reviews project forecasts
Generates and reviews resource utilization
Project Manager
The project manager is responsible for the overall successful execution of a project.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 20
Creates and maintains projects
Creates and maintains the project workplan
Creates and maintains project schedules
Creates and maintains the project budget
Creates and maintains project forecasts
Searches for resources and interviews candidates
Accesses notifications
Manages issue and change management documents
Project Administrator
The project administrator assists the project manager in executing the administrative functions
of a project, particularly related to collecting and inputting information into the project system.
Sets up project workplans and project schedules
Funds projects
Administrates customer purchase orders and requisitions
Approves contracts
Manages project budget
Resource Manager
The resource manager is responsible for one or more resources.
Manages resource schedules
Creates administrative assignments for resources
Performs requirement searches and nominates candidates.
Reviews resource details
Accesses notifications
Staffing Manager
The staffing manager coordinates staffing for a group of resources and/or projects, typically for
a given set of organizations.
Creates and maintains project team roles for a project manager
Performs resource searches and nominates candidates
Reviews resource schedules
Searches for requirements
Accesses notifications
Team Member (Resource)
A team member is assigned to a project team to perform specific functions on that project.
Views assigned projects, issue and change documents, and tasks, and takes action upon
these items as required
Enters own administrative assignments
Searches for requirements and nominates self as candidate
Views own resource details
Accesses notifications
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 21
Project Super User
The Project Super User can view and update everything on all projects and everything related
to all resources.

Project Costing Super User
The Project Costing Super User has the ability to view and update costing information for all
projects. This responsibility enables use of the nonHTML architecture within Oracle Projects.
Project Billing Super User
The Project Billing Super User has the ability to view and update billing information for all
projects. This responsibility enables use of the nonHTML architecture within Oracle Projects.
Projects Implementation Super User
The Project Implementation Super User has the authority to perform all tasks related to the
implementation of Oracle Projects. This responsibility enables use of the nonHTML
architecture within Oracle Projects.
Project Manager (nonHTML architecture)
The nonHTML architecture Project Manager role enables project managers (see previous
definition of this responsibility) to use nonHTML architecture windows within Oracle
Projects.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 22
Project Security Extension

Project Security Extension
This slide describes how you can use the project security client extension to implement
security business rules. The graphic on the slide depicts how an operations manager can use the
project security client extension to view statuses of all capital projects.
The project security client extension enables you to implement your business rules for project
and labor cost security. The project security extension applies to responsibilitybased security
only. This extension applies only to Oracle Projects windows and not to reports.
Examples of rules that you can define with this extension are:
Only users who belong to the project organization can access the project.
Certain responsibilities can view or update only capital projects.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 23
Quiz

Answers: 2
Additional Information
The project security extension applies to responsibilitybased security only, and enables
you to implement your business rules for project and labor cost security..

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 24
Security Profiles

Security Profiles
This slide describes security profiles that you can assign to a responsibility to control access to
organizations and employees. The graphic on the slide depicts how you can assign the Global
HR security profile to the Project Super User responsibility and the Vision Corporation HR
security profile to the Project Administrator, Vision Services responsibility.
When you use responsibilitybased security, you must assign a security profile to each
responsibility. Security profiles control which organizations and employees are accessible to a
responsibility. You associate each security profile with an organization hierarchy. The
organization hierarchy determines the relationships between your organizations. Standard
security profiles are used for viewing information contained in a single business group and
global security profiles are used for accessing information across business groups. The type of
security profiles you define depends upon how your system is configured:
If you have configured your system for single business group access, you must set up
standard security profiles and standard organization hierarchies.
If you have configured your system for crossbusiness group access, you must set up
global security profiles and global organization hierarchies.
Profile Options and Security Profiles
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 25
HR: Enable Security Groups
- Use this profile option to control whether you use security groups within security.
- Change the default to Yes at the application level only if your enterprise is using
Cross Business Group Responsibility security. If you change the default to Yes, you
must run the Enable Multiple Security Groups process.
HR: Security Profile
- Use this profile option to point your responsibility to a specific business group. You
can see/update the profile at the responsibility and Site levels only.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 26
Agenda

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 27
Multiple Organization Access Control (MOAC)

Multiple Organization Access Control
This slide describes multiple organization access control (MOAC) assigned to a single
responsibility. The graphic on the slide depicts how MOAC enables users with the Projects,
Vision Services USA responsibility to work in both the Vision Services and the Vision Project
Manufacturing operating units.
The multiple organization access control feature enables users to enter and process transactions
in two or more operating units without switching responsibilities.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 28
Providing MOAC

Providing MOAC
This slide describes how you grant multiple organization access control (MOAC). The graphic
on the slide depicts how you specify the operating units of Vision Services and Vision Project
Manufacturing when defining a security profile in Oracle Human Resources and then assign
this new security profile to the MO: Security Profile profile option at the responsibility level
for the Projects, Vision Services USA responsibility.
You must define a security profile in Oracle HRMS and assign it to the profile option MO:
Security Profile at the responsibility level to provide multiple operating unit access to a
responsibility. You can use individual operating units and organization hierarchies with
organizations classified as operating units while defining the security profile. Users associated
with responsibilities that have been set up in this manner can enter and process transactions in
multiple operating units without changing their responsibility.
If the MO: Security Profile option grants a responsibility access to an operating unit that does
not have Oracle Projects implemented, then that operating unit will not be displayed in the
operating unit list of values on the Projects windows or pages. However, the operating unit list
of values in the Implementation Options window will display all the operating units that the
user can access. You can implement Oracle Projects for an operating unit in that window.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 29
Note: If you add operating units to or delete operating units from a security profile, you must
run the Security List Maintenance program (PERSELM) in Oracle Human Resources.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 30
MO: Operating Unit and MO: Security Profile

MO: Operating Unit and MO: Security Profile
This slide describes the two profile options MO: Security Profile and MO: Operating Unit that
you can use to grant multiple organization access to responsibilities.
The MO: Security Profile or MO: Operating Unit profile options determine the list of operating
units the user has access to for a responsibility. When you have access to more than one
operating unit based on the operating units assigned to the profile option MO: Security Profile,
you can define the MO: Default Operating Unit profile option. This profile option determines
the default operating unit that will be displayed in the Operating Unit field.
If the profile option MO: Security Profile is not defined, then the operating unit assigned to the
MO: Operating Unit profile option is used as the default operating unit.
If the profile option MO: Security Profile is defined, and a responsibility has access to only one
operating unit through this profile option, users with that responsibility will see that operating
unit as the default operating unit.
Note: The MO: Operating Unit profile option was used in earlier versions of Oracle Projects
that did not include Multiple Organization Access Control. When you set the MO: Security
Profile option for a responsibility, it overrides the MO: Operating Unit value. But if you do not
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 31
set any value for MO: Security Profile option, you still need to define MO: Operating Unit
profile option.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 32
Agenda

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 33
Role-Based Security

Role-Based Security
This slide describes the user access on a project that is governed by the project role. The
graphic on the slide depicts how a user can have different roles on different projects such as
consultant on project A, project manager of project B, and billing supervisor on project C, and
how each role has its own level of access.
Rolebased security enables you to control user actions on a specific project based on the
users current role on the project. Every project team member has a role.
The security granted to a role is in effect for the duration of the role on the project. A user can
have different roles on different project teams, and these roles can give the user different
amounts of security access. With rolebased security, you assign menus to roles, and menus
are in turn comprised of security functions.
This security provides more flexibility than the responsibilitybased security mechanism. With
rolebased security, you define project roles for your entire enterprise. Unlike responsibility
based security, roles are not specific to any operating group or business group. You can play
different roles on different projects and can therefore have different security access for
different projects.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 34
Your role defines the functions that you can perform on a project. Rolebased security
provides a means of controlling your access based upon the role you currently play on a
project. Rolebased security overrides responsibilitybased security for individual users. The
system applies responsibilitybased security to users who have not been assigned project roles,
as well as to users who have project roles without corresponding function menu assignations.
For example, you can assign a user a Consultant role for Project A, a Project Manager role for
Project B, and a Billing Supervisor for Project C. Since the three roles are associated with
different menus, the user can have different rolebased security access on each project.
Note: Role-based security works only in the Self-Service pages.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 35
Associating Security to a Role

Associating Security to a Role
This slide describes how you can assign menus and functions to a role to define the level of
control. The graphic on the slide depicts how assigning the team member role menu to a
consultant role on a project enables the user in that role to create his own project list, access the
Project Home page, and view Workplan pages.
Rolebased security offers multiple levels of control. You can determine the amount of detail
for the security levels. The available levels are:
Roles
Menus
Functions
Rolebased security enables you to control access to functions on a project based on the role
the user plays on a project team. Under rolebased security, menus are assigned to roles. The
access assigned to a role is available to the user for the duration of the users role on the
project. The system considers roles that have menus assigned to them to be secured roles.
Unsecured roles, roles without a menu assigned to them, use the responsibility menu to
determine their security access.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 36
Role-Based Security by Project Status

Role-Based Security by Project Status
This slide describes how you can use project status in addition to menus to control user access
for a role. The graphic on the slide depicts how you use project role and project status to limit
the actions a user can perform on a project.
When you set up rolebased security for a role by associating it with a menu, you can
optionally include an additional layer of security control based on project status. This
additional security layer enables you to use the status of the project as another way of
determining access to specific functions related to that project. For example, you can give
project managers the ability to update assignment rate information for projects while they are
in the sales pipeline with a "submitted" status, and then prevent them from updating that
information after those projects are approved. Once the projects are approved, your projects
financial managers should own the ability to update that information.
When you use standard rolebased security, you define one security menu for each role. The
security menu controls function security for all projects, regardless of their project status.
When you use rolebased security by project status, you can define multiple security menus for
each role: one menu for each project status value. This enables you to control function security
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 37
by both role and project status. You can use either the system project status values or a set of
userdefined project status values.
You are not required to define a security menu for every project status value. If a project status
value does not have a menu associated with it, the system uses the security menu associated
with the role.
You set up rolebased security by project status at the role level, on an individual rolebyrole
basis. This functionality enables you to set up rolebased security by project status for some
roles and not others.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 38
Quiz

Answers: 1, 2, 3
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 39
Predefined Project Roles

Predefined Project Roles
This slide describes predefine project roles and menus. The graphic on the slide depicts the
predefined project roles of project manager and project staffing owner.
Project Manager
The Project Manager can access all functions for the project.
Project Staffing Owner
The Project Staffing Owner is the default owner and primary contact for the advertised job
requirements on the project, and is listed on notifications and emails sent for advertisements.
This role is different from a staffing manager. A staffing manager is the primary staffing
contact for an entire organization, as opposed to a single project. Project Staffing Owner is also
the primary contact for project assignments.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 40
Project Access Level

Project Access Level
This slide describes access levels of secured and enterprise that you can set for a project or
template to control access in addition to roles such as team member or guest. The graphic on
the slide depicts how all employees can view enterprise project information for a project with
the enterprise access level whereas a guest role menu may grant access to only a specified
portion of the enterprise.
You can use access levels to control who can search for and view projects and project
templates. You set access levels for projects and project templates on the Basic Information
page. You can use the Update Project Access Level concurrent program to update the access
level of several projects at once. If you have the appropriate authority on a project you can set
one of the following access level values for it:
Secured
Secured indicates that the project can be viewed by users with either secured or unsecured roles
on the project and by users with organization authority roles. Users with responsibilities that
give them view all projects or update all projects access can also access secured projects.
Enterprise
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 41
Enterprise indicates that any employee user in your enterprise, regardless of his/her role,
responsibility, project assignment, or organization authority, can view the project. A guest role
menu determines what enterprise project information users can view. Your implementation
team can modify the guest role menu to increase or decrease the amount of access users have to
enterprise project functions.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 42
Agenda

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 43
Organization Authority

Organization Authority
This slide describes how role-based security at the organization level or organization authority
eliminates the need to assign roles to users for data access. The graphic on the slide depicts
how project authority grants the user Amy Marlin access to all projects for Services East and
Services West, while resource authority grants her resource and staffing manager access to all
the resources of Cleveland Manufacturing.
You do not have to assign roles to users with organization authority. Organization authority
provides access to all projects, resources, forecasting, and utilization information for the
specified organization. Organization authority is essentially rolebased security at the
organization level. The types of organizational authority are:
Project Authority
- The user can perform all project manager functions on all projects in the organization.
Resource Authority
- The user can view and update information for all resources in the organization. The
user can also assign resources to any project within the organization.
Utilization Authority
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 44
- The user can calculate and view utilization for all resources in the organization.
You must specify each organization for which a user has organization authority and then
specify what type of authority the user gets for those organizations.
Organization authority does not acknowledge organization hierarchies. For example, if a user
has resource authority over a top organization, the user does not automatically have resource
authority for all organizations subordinate to that top organization. You must specify each
organization over which the user has resource authority.
Primary Contacts
For Resource Authority and Forecast Authority, you can specify a primary contact to handle
cases where more than one person has authority for an organization. This person receives
workflow notifications for assignment approval of organization resources. Each organization
can have only one resource or forecast primary contact.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 45
Summary

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Project and Organization Security
Chapter 9 - Page 46

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 1
Page Layouts
Chapter 10
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 2

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 3
Page Layouts

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 4
Objectives

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 5
Agenda

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 6
Overview of Page Layouts

Overview of Page Layouts
This slide describes how you can configure and use page layouts for maximum impact on their
audience. The graphic on the slide depicts how project managers can select and configure the
display of information for a higher level of direction and focus to the team.
Page layouts display and highlight different views of project information. For example, as
project owners, project managers are responsible for project progress. They need information
that enables them to evaluate the health of their projects. Task managers are responsible for
work execution and change management. They need access to workplan and task information.
Page layouts contain sections that you can configure for different views.
For each page layout you define the following attributes:
Type: The type of page layout.
Name: A unique identifier of the page layout.
Sections: Each page layout consists of ordered Sections. Some sections have been
predefined for your use. You can also configure sections to show selected information.
Links: Links can be displayed on each page. Links provide easy access to related project
information. Links are available on all pages except the Status Report page.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 7
Quiz

Answers: 1, 2, 3

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 8
Page Layout Types

Page Layout Types
This slide describes some of the available page layout types in Oracle Projects. The graphic on
the slide depicts the Oracle Projects page layout types of Project Home, Project Overview,
Project Status Report, Task Overview, Task Progress Additional Information, and Team
Member Home for each of which you can configure your own page layouts.
The following page layout types are available:
Project Home
- This page layout type displays information to all project stakeholders when they
access a specific project.
Project Overview
- This page layout type displays an overview of the project and includes project
information needed by all project team members and interested parties. The
information on this page can also be accessible to people outside the project team.
Project Status Report
- This page layout type determines information to be displayed on the status report for
a project. Multiple status report types can be associated with each project, allowing
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 9
different recipients to receive different status report information depending on the
page layout associated with the status report.


Task Overview
- This page layout type displays an overview of the task information that is available to
all project team members and interested parties. The information on this page is also
accessible to people outside the project team.
Task Progress Additional Information
- This page layout type displays information used by task managers in reporting task
progress. A different format of the displayed information can be selected for each
unpublished task in a project.
Team Member Home
- This page layout type displays information for use by individual team members.
Using Team Member Home, team members can easily access information for which
they are part of, such as issues, tasks, and change documents. The information
displayed is across projects, and the information contained in each page is
personalized for individual use. The format of the Team Home page can be different
for each site, user, or responsibility, and is set by a profile option called PA: Team
Home Page Layout.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 10
Page Layout Types

Page Layout Types
This slide describes some more of the available page layout types in Oracle Projects. The
graphic on the slide depicts the Oracle Projects page layout types of Performance Overview,
PTD Summary, PTD Analysis, Resource Summary, and Task Summary for each of which you
can configure your own page layouts.
Performance Overview
- This page layout type displays information used by project managers to manage
project performance.
Period-To-Date Summary and Period-To-Date Analysis
- The period-to-date summary page layout type displays performance information for
the project by prior period, period-to-date, quarter-to-date, year-to-date and from the
start of the project till date. The period-to-date analysis page layout type reports
performance for the same periods of the project, but for a selected task or resource.
Resource Summary and Task Summary
- The resource summary and task summary page layout types use the hierarchy of
resources in the resource breakdown structure or the hierarchy of tasks in the work
breakdown structure to display performance information by resources or tasks.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 11
Page Layout Types

Page Layout Types
This slide describes the last few of the available page layout types in Oracle Projects. The
graphic on the slide depicts the Oracle Projects page layout types of Resource Analysis,
Task Analysis, Period Summary, and Period Analysis for each of which you can configure
your own page layouts.

Resource Analysis and Task Analysis
- The resource analysis and task analysis page layout types display performance
information for a resource by the tasks marked against the resource, or for a task by
the resources working on the task.
Period Summary and Period Analysis
- The period summary page layout type displays performance information for the
project by period whereas the period analysis page layout type reports performance
for a task or resource by period.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 12
Sections

Sections
This slide describes sections and how they can be used in page layouts. The graphic on the
slide depicts the available Oracle Projects sections for project, workplan, tasks, issues, change
document, financial, and resource information that you can select to determine the content of a
page layout.
Some sections are predefined and can be selected for use in page layouts. Sections display the
following types of information:
Project
- Project information pertains to the project as a whole. Display of project information
outside the project context is not possible. In addition to the predefined sections, you
can configure UserDefined Attribute sections to display specialized project
information.
Workplan
- Workplan information pertains to a set of tasks. Information can be rolled up from a
group of tasks, or it can be a list of tasks that have something in common. In addition
to the predefined sections provided, you can configure the following two types of
sections to display different views for workplan information.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 13
Tasks
- Task information pertains to a single task. You can include task information sections
in only taskrelated page layouts. In addition to the predefined sections provided, you
can configure UserDefined Attribute sections to display specialized task
information.
Issues
- Sections containing issue information display a number of issues that may meet
specified criteria such as priority or status. In addition to the predefined sections, you
can configure sections to display different views of issue information according to the
needs of your organization, in List format.
Change Document
- Sections containing change document information display a number of change
documents that have something in common. In addition to the predefined sections,
you can configure sections to display different views of change document information
according to the needs of your organization, in List format.
Financial
- Financial information is displayed in predefined Summary sections that display the
cost, labor hours, and profitability of the project in summary format. Financial
Information sections cannot be configured.
Resource
- The two resource information sections display resource information for open resource
requirements and any future resource changes. Resource information sections cannot
be configured.
For a list of the predefined sections for each page layout type, see the "Oracle Projects
Implementation Guide."
In addition to the predefined sections, you can configure the following sections for your
organization needs:
Personalized Lists of tasks, issues, and change documents
UserDefined Attributes sections
Task Gantt sections
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 14
Personalized List Sections

Personalized List Sections
This slide describes the sections that you can personalize and use in page layouts. The graphic
on the slide depicts the cross-project list sections that you can use for the Team Home page and
the inside project list sections that you can use on the Project Home, Status Report, and Project
Overview pages.
Using standard personalization features, you can, as a system administrator, define List
sections for use in page layouts. List sections are comprised of lists of issues, change
documents, or tasks that have something in common. These sections can contain information
from one project or across multiple projects.
Single and Cross Project Views
In project specific views, list views are always in context of that project. In cross project views,
task, issue, and change document lists are displayed in the context of a users ownership. These
views are only displayed on Team Home page layouts. Personalized List sections that you
define can be included in page layouts.
To create a Personalized List section
1. Ensure that the "Create Seeded Personalizations" and "Personalize SelfService
Definition" profile options are enabled.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 15
2. Select a project or create a new project.
3. Select the Personalize Table link under the Task table, Issues tables, Change Request,
Change Order, or Change Document tables.
4. Select a Personalization Level of User to create a public view.
5. Select Create View from the Personal Views page.
6. In the Create View page, enter the information for the new view.
7. Select Apply.
Note: You can use views that you create from the Team Member Home page in only Team
Member Home page layouts. You cannot use singleproject views in Team Member Home
page layouts.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 16
User-Defined Attributes Sections

User-Defined Attribute Sections
This slide describes the sections that you can use in page layouts for which you can define,
enter, and maintain user-defined attributes. The graphic on the slide depicts the project
attributes section that you can use for the Project Home, Status Report, and Project Overview
pages and the task attributes that you can use for the Task Overview, Task Progress, and
Additional Information pages or page layout types.
Userdefined attributes enable you to define, enter, and maintain information unique for your
organization at the project and task level. For example, as an aircraft manufacturer you can use
this functionality to create a set of attributes that associate aircraft specifications with specific
manufacturing projects.
The attributes are grouped together to form attribute groups. For example, you can have
attribute group of Engine Specifications containing attributes of weight, length, size and color
of the engine. The attribute groups are linked to project and tasks by attribute contexts.
Userdefined attributes groups are associated with attribute contexts. The association can be
either at the project level or task level not both. Attribute contexts are defined by their context
type. The context type identifies the projects or tasks with which an attribute context is
associated.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 17
There are four context types: Project Type, Task Type, Class Category, and Class Code. For
example, you can have the following context types associated with attribute groups of Engine
Specifications and Engine Prototypes:
Project Type: Time and Materials
Task Type: Design
Class Category: Aircraft Engines
Class Code: Commercial and Government
You create and maintain page regions for an attribute context. The page regions display the
attribute groups associated with the attribute context. For example, you can create a page
region called Engine Information that displays the attribute groups of Engine Specification and
Engine Prototype.
When you define page layouts, you can add the available userdefined attribute page regions to
your page layouts. Project level userdefined attribute page regions are available for Project
Overview, Project Home, and Project Status Report page layouts. Task level userdefined
attribute page regions are available for Task Overview, and Task Progress Additional
Information page layouts.
Like the predefined page layout sections, UserDefined page regions can also be displayed as
sections or links. Attribute contexts for userdefined page region determine whether the page
region can be displayed as a section for a page layout. For example, you have a Project Type
attribute context of Time and Materials added to a page region (A), and a Project Type attribute
context of Fixed Cost added to a page region (B). If you create a page region (A) and associate
it with a page layout, you can only display the page layout for a project with a Project Type
Time and Materials. You cannot display the page layout for a project type Fixed Cost.
For additional discussion regarding user-defined attributes, see the lesson titled "User-Defined
Attributes."
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 18
Gantt Sections

Gantt Sections
This slide describes Gantt sections that you can add to specific page layouts. The graphic on
the slide depicts how you can add Gantt sections to the Project Home, Project Overview, and
the Task Overview pages.
Gantt charts show graphical representations of data. They display the task schedule, progress,
resource, and comparison between date sets. When you define page layouts you can add Gantt
regions as sections. Gantt views can only be created for a group of tasks in a single project and
therefore cannot be used on the Team Member Home page. Gantt sections are only applicable
for Project Home, Project Overview, and Project Status Report page layouts.
In addition to the predefined Gantt sections provided, you can create new sections for use in
page layouts.
To create Gantt sections
1. From the Project Super User responsibility, select the Gantt Sections link.
2. From the Gantt Sections page choose a Section Name and select a Style, Tasks, Scale, and
Rows for each section created.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 19
- Although the section definition provides a default selection of task, view, and scale
attributes, users can access detailed controls from each Gantt to configure it for
different views from each predefined section.
3. Select Apply.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 20
Quiz

Answers: 1, 2, 3
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 21
Project Shortcut Links

Project Shortcut Links
This slide describes shortcut menus and links in Oracle Projects. The graphic on the slide
depicts how you can use predefined shortcuts in the Project Home Library of Shortcuts or the
Default Project Shortcut Menu for quick access to information in the Project, Resources,
Workplan, Control, and Financial tabs.
Using standard menu functionality in the System Administrator responsibility, you can define a
variety of shortcut menus using the Menus window. By tying together submenus, you can
create a hierarchical shortcut menu with a maximum of three levels. The lowest level menu is
always the shortcut link. For detailed information about the operation of the Menus window,
see the Oracle Applications System Administrators Guide.
Shortcut links are composed of user functions and are therefore subject to rolebased security.
This enables you to control link access based on the role of a user on a project. For example,
you can make the Add Team Members link visible only to project managers and other users
whose role includes the ability to perform this function. In addition, certain links are subject to
product licensing.
You cannot associate a section both as a link and as a section on the same page.
Project Home Shortcut Links and Menus
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 22
Oracle Projects provides predefined shortcuts for quick access to information under the
following five tabs: Project, Resources, Workplan, Control, and Financial. Oracle Projects also
delivers the following two predefined shortcut menus:
Project Home Library of Shortcuts: This menu contains all available shortcuts.
Default Project Shortcut Menu: This menu contains a default set of shortcuts for the
Project Home page. This set of links is a subset of the total set of links available in the
Project Home Library of Shortcuts menu.
For a list of the entire range of available shortcuts for Oracle Projects, refer to the Oracle
Projects Implementation Guide.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 23
Quiz

Answers: 2
Additional Information
- Oracle Projects provides predefined shortcuts for quick access to information under
the Project, Resources, Workplan, Control, and Financial tabs.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 24
Predefined Page Layouts

Predefined Page Layouts
This slide describes some of the predefined page layouts and sections.
Oracle Projects provides a number of predefined page layouts. You cannot change the
predefined page layouts. The predefined page layouts and their sections are listed below:
Default Project Home Page Layout
- Open Notifications
- Phases
- Cost
- Tasks Estimated to Finish Late
Default Project Home Page Layout for Resource Management
- Open Notifications
- Open Resource Requirements
- Upcoming Resource Changes
Default Project Overview Page Layout
- Customer Details
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 25
- Directory
Default Project Home Personalization
- Key Performance Area Summary
- Worklist
- Phases
- Open Notifications
- Tasks Estimated to Finish Late
- Deliverable Due
- In Trouble Issues
- High Priority Change Orders
- Cumulative Planned Value, Earned Value and Actual Cost
- Cost
- Financial Performance
Default Project Status Report Page Layout
- Project Information
- General Progress
- Document Attachments
- Phases
- In Trouble Issues
Default Team Home Personalization
- Assigned Actions
- Owned Work
- Open Notifications
- Task Assignments
- Deliverables Due
- In Trouble and At Risk Tasks
- Open Issues
- Open Change Documents
Default Team Member Home Page Layout
- Open Actions
- Open Issues
- Open Change Documents
- Open and Upcoming Tasks
- Open Notifications
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 26
Predefined Page Layouts

Predefined Page Layouts
This slide describes more of the predefined page layouts and sections.
Default Task Summary Page Layout
- Cost
- Profitability
- Earned Value
Default Task Summary Page Personalization
- Effort
- Cost and Effort
- Other Measures
Default Task Resource Analysis Page Layout
- Cost
- Profitability
Default Task Overview Page Layout
- General
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 27
- Current Schedule
- Current Progress
Default Task Progress Additional Information Page Layout
- General Information
Default Task Analysis Page Personalization
- Effort
- Cost and Effort
- Other Measures
Default Performance Overview Page Layout (for contract projects)
- Cost
- Earned Value
- Effort
- Financial Performance
- Revenue
- Billing and Collection
- Backlog
- Billability
Default Performance Overview Page Layout (for capital projects)
- Cost
- Earned Value
- Effort
- Capital Cost
Default Performance Overview Page Layout (for indirect projects)
- Cost
- Earned Value
- Effort
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 28
Predefined Page Layouts

Predefined Page Layouts
This slide describes the last few predefined page layouts and sections.
Default Resource Summary Page Layout
- Cost
- Profitability
Default Resource Summary Page Personalization
- Effort
- Cost and Effort
- Other Measures
Default Resource Task Analysis Page Layout
- Cost
- Profitability
Default Resource Periodic Analysis Page Layout
- Cost
- Profitability
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 29
Default Resource Period-to-Date Analysis Page Layout
- Cost
- Profitability
Default Resource Analysis Page Personalization
- Effort
- Cost and Effort
- Other Measures
Default Periodic Summary Page Layout
- Cost
- Profitability
Default Period-to-Date Summary Page Layout
- Cost
- Profitability
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 30
Configuring a Page Layout

Configuring a Page Layout
This slide describes the process of creating a page layout by selecting from predefined
components. The graphic on the slide depicts the steps in creating a page layout: selecting page
layouts, page layout type, page layouts setup method, and adding sections, and links.
You can configure your own page layouts in Oracle Projects. You can choose the sections and
specify the order in which they are displayed. For some page layouts, you can also select links
and project shortcuts.
To create a page layout:
1. From the Project Super User responsibility, select Page Layouts.
2. Select one of the page layout types from the Create Page Layout selection list.
3. Select the Setup Method of Page Layouts and Click Go.
4. On the Create Page Layout page, enter the information for the new layout.
5. Optionally, add page sections.
6. Optionally, and if applicable to the type of page layout, add links.
You can create multiple configurations of each page layout type. However, you can only use
one configuration per project (or, in the case of Team Home page, one per person).
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 31
Using the OA Personalization Framework

Using the OA Personalization Framework
This slide describes the process of creating a page layout using personalization. The graphic on
the slide depicts the steps in personalizing a performance page layout: selecting page layouts,
page layout type, personalization setup method, adding, removing, or rearranging sections,
managing page layout activation levels, and updating shortcut links.
You can create a page layout using the OA personalization framework.
To create a page layout using the OA Personalization framework:
1. From the Project Super User responsibility, select Page Layouts.
2. Select any performance page layout (Performance Overview, PTD Analysis etc.), Team
Member Home, or Project Home from the Create Page selection list.
3. Select Setup method of Personalization and Click Go.
4. On the Choose Personalization Context page, select Page as a scope of the personalization
and a function level. Leave all other fields blank.
Note: When you create a Team Member Home page, ensure that the function for
personalization has the object type as Team Member Home. To ensure that the
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 32
personalization is available to all users who access the page, you must attach the function
to the Projects Page Layout Functions global menu.
5. On the Personalization Context page, add, remove, or rearrange the sections according to
your requirements.
6. Optionally, Click the Manage Levels to activate, deactivate, or delete a page
configuration.
Note: You cannot add links to a page you have personalized using the OA framework.
7. If applicable, provide a shortcut for the page by clicking on the Update Shortcut icon on
the Page Layouts Lists.
Specifying the Project Header Section
The project header section contains the basic information that appears on the various project
pages. Two predefined header sections are provided:
Default Project Header
- Organization, project manager, project type, status, start date, and completion date
Project Header with Customer and Project Value
- All information in the Default Project Header, plus the customer and project value
For each project, the project manager can select the header information for the project pages
and the project home page layout through the Page Layout page.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 33
Quiz

Answers: 1
Additional Information
In the page layouts setup method you use the Create Page Layout page to create a new
page layout. In the personalization setup method, you use the Personalization Context
page to create a new page layout.
F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.
Copyright Oracle, 2009. All rights reserved.
Page Layouts
Chapter 10 - Page 34
Summary

F
o
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
o
r

U
s
e

O
n
l
y
.


T
h
i
s

d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t

s
h
o
u
l
d

n
o
t

b
e

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d
.